Bibliotheca Polyglotta

Suttanipāta, Khuddaka-Nikāya, Sutta-Piṭaka

(001) NAMO TASSA BHAGAVATO ARAHATO SAMMĀSAMBUDDHASSA.

Sutta-Nipāta.

I. URAGAVAGGA.

1. Uragasutta.

1. Yo uppatitaṃ vineti kodhaṃ visataṃ sappavisaṃ va osadhehi,

so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇam iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ. || Sn_I,1.1 ||

2. Yo rāgam udacchidā asesa bhisapupphaṃ va saroruhaṃ vigayha,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.2 ||

3. Yo taṇham udacchidā asesaṃ saritaṃ sīghasaraṃ visosayitvā,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.3 ||

4. Yo mānam udabbadhī asesaṃ naḷasetuṃ va sudubbalaṃ mahogho,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.4 ||

[F._2] 5. Yo najjhagamā bhavesu sāraṃ vicinaṃ puppham iva udumbaresu,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.5 ||

6. Yass’ antarato na santi kopa itibhavābhavatañ ca vītivatto,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.6 ||

(002) 7. Yassa vitakkā vidhūpitā ajjhattaṃ suvikappitā asesā,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.7 ||

8. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī sabbaṃ accagamā imaṃ papañcaṃ,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.8 ||

9. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī ‘sabbam vitatham idan’ ti ñatvā loke,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.9 ||

10. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī ‘sabbaṃ vitatham idan’ ti vītalobho,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.10 ||

11. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī ‘sabbaṃ vitatham idan’ ti vītarāgo,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.11 ||

12. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī ‘sabbaṃ vitatham idan’ ti vītadoso,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.12 ||

13. Yo nāccasārī na paccasārī ‘sabbaṃ vitatham idan’ ti vītamoho,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.13 ||

14. Yassānusayā na santi keci,

mūlā akusalā samūhatāse,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.14 ||

[F._3] 15. Yassa darathajā na santi keci oraṃ āgamanāya paccayāse,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.15 ||

16. Yassa vanathajā na santi keci vinibandhāya bhavāya hetukappā,

so bhikkhu . . . || Sn_I,1.16 ||

(003) 17. Yo nīvaraṇe pahāya pañca anigho tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo,

so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ urago jiṇṇam iva tacaṃ purāṇan ti || Sn_I,1.17 ||

URAGASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

2. Dhaniyasutta.

18. "Pakkodano duddhakhīro 'ham asmi iti Dhaniyo gopo anutīre Mahiyā samānavāso,

channā kuṭi, āhito gini, --

atha ce patthayasī, pavassa davassa deva". || Sn_I,2.1 ||

19. "Akkodhano vigatakhīlo 'ham asmi iti Bhagavā anutīre Mahiy’ ekarattivāso,

vivaṭā kuṭi, nibbuto gini, --

atha ce patthayasī, pavassa deva". || Sn_I,2.2 ||

20. "Andhakamakasā na vijjare,

iti Dhaniyo gopo kacche rūḷhatiṇe caranti gāvo,

vuṭṭhim pi saheyyuṃ āgataṃ, --

atha ce patthayasī.

pavassa deva". || Sn_I,2.3 ||

21. "Baddhā hi bhisī susaṃkhatā,

iti Bhagavā tiṇṇo pāragato vineyya oghaṃ,

[F._4] attho bhisiyā na vijjati, --

atha ce patthayasī, pavassa deva". || Sn_I,2.4 ||

(004) 22. "Gopī mama assavā alolā iti Dhaniyo gopo dīgharattaṃ saṃvāsiyā manāpā,

tassā na suṇāmi kiñci pāpaṃ, --

atha ce --pe--" || Sn_I,2.5 ||

23. "Cittaṃ mama assavaṃ vimuttaṃ iti Bhagavā dīgharattaṃ paribhāvitaṃ sudantaṃ,

pāpam pana me na vijjati, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.6 ||

24. "Attavetanabhato 'ham asmi,

iti Dhaniyo gopo puttā ca me samāniyā arogā,

tesaṃ na suṇāmi kiñci pāpaṃ, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.7 ||

25. "Nāhaṃ bhatako 'smi kassaci,

iti Bhagavā nibbitthena carāmi sabbaloke,

attho bhatiyā na vijjati, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.8 ||

26. "Atthi vasā, atthi dhenupā,

iti Dhaniyo gopo godharaṇiyo paveṇiyo pi atthi,

usabho pi gavampatī ca atthi, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.9 ||

27. "N’ atthi vasā, n’ atthi dhenupā,

iti Bhagavā godharaṇiyo paveṇiyo pi n’ atthi,|

(005) usabho pi gavampatīdha n’ atthi, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.10 ||

28. "Khīlā nikhātā asampavedhī,

iti Dhaniyo gopo dāmā muñjamayā navā susaṇṭhānā,

[F._5] na hi sakkhiti dhenupā pi chettuṃ, --

atha ce . . ". || Sn_I,2.11 ||

29. "Usabho-r-iva chetva bandhanāni iti Bhagavā nāgo pūtilataṃ va dālayitvā nāhaṃ puna upessaṃ gabbhaseyyaṃ, --

atha ce patthayasī, pavassa deva". || Sn_I,2.12 ||

30. Ninnañ ca thalañ ca pūrayanto mahāmegho pāvassi tāvad eva,

sutvā devassa vassato imam atthaṃ Dhaniyo abhāsatha: || Sn_I,2.13 ||

31. "Lābhā vata no anappakā,

ye mayaṃ Bhagavantaṃ addasāma,

saraṇaṃ taṃ upema cakkhuma,

satthā no hohi tuvam mahāmuni. || Sn_I,2.14 ||

32. Gopī ca ahañ ca assava brahmacariyaṃ Sugate carāmase,

jātimaraṇassa pāragā dukkhass’ antakarā bhavāmase". || Sn_I,2.15 ||

(006) 33. "Nandati puttehi puttimā,

iti Māro pāpimā gomiko gohi tath’ eva nandati,

upadhī hi narassa nandanā,

na hi so nandati yo nirūpadhi". || Sn_I,2.16 ||

34. "Socati puttehi puttimā,

iti Bhagavā gomiko gohi tath’ eva socati,

upadhī hi narassa socanā,

na hi so socati yo nirūpadhī" ti5 || Sn_I,2.17 ||

DHANIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

3. Khaggavisāṇasutta.

[F._6] 35. Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ aviheṭhayaṃ aññataram pi tesaṃ na puttam iccheyya kuto sahāyaṃ,

eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. || Sn_I,3.1 ||

36. Saṃsaggajātassa bhavati sneho,

snehanvayaṃ dukkham idam pahoti,

ādīnavaṃ snehajaṃ pekkhamāno eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. || Sn_I,3.2 ||

37. Mitte suhajje anukampamāno hāpeti atthaṃ paṭibaddhacitto,

etaṃ bhayaṃ santhave pekkhamāno eko care khaggavisāṇakappo. || Sn_I,3.3 ||

38. Vaṃso visālo va yathā visatto puttesu dāresu ca yā apekhā, |

(007) vaṃsākaḷīro va asajjamāno eko care --pe--. || Sn_I,3.4 ||

39. Migo araññamhi yathā abaddho yenicchakaṃ ghacchati gocarāya,

viññū naro seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.5 ||

40. Āmantanā hoti sahāyamajjhe vāse ṭhāne gamane cārikāya,

anabhijjhitaṃ seritaṃ pekkhamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.6 ||

41. Khiḍḍā ratī hoti sahāyamajjhe [F._7] puttesu ca vipulaṃ hoti pemam,

parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.7 ||

42. Cātuddiso appatigho ca hoti santussamāno itarītarena,

parissayānaṃ sahitā achambhī eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.8 ||

43. Dussaṅgahā pabbajitā pi eke atho gahatthā gharam āvasantā,

appossukko paraputtesu hutvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.9 ||

44. Oropayitvā gihivyañjanāni saṃsīnapatto yathā koviḷāro|

(008) chetvāna vīro gihibandhanāni eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.10 ||

45. Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāri dhīraṃ,

abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni careyya ten’ attamano satīmā. || Sn_I,3.11 ||

46. No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhurihāri dhīraṃ,

rājā va raṭṭhaṃ vijitam pahāya eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.12 ||

47. Addhā pasaṃsāma sahāyasampadaṃ:

seṭṭhā samā sevitabbā sahāyā,

ete aladdhā anavajjabhojī eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.13 ||

48. Disvā suvaṇṇassa pabhassarāni kammāraputtena suniṭṭhitāni [F._8] saṃghaṭṭamānāni duve bhujasmiṃ eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.14 ||

49. Evaṃ dutiyena sahā mam’ assa vācābhilāpo abhisajjanā vā,

etaṃ bhayaṃ āyatiṃ pekkhamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.15 ||

50. Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā virūparūpena mathenti cittaṃ,

ādīnavaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.16 ||

51. ‘Itī ca gaṇḍo ca upaddavo ca rogo ca sallañ ca bhayañ ca m’ etaṃ,'

etaṃ bhayaṃ kāmaguṇesu disvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.17 ||

(009) 52. Sītañ ca uṇhañ ca, khudaṃ pipāsaṃ,

vātātāpe ḍaṃsasiriṃsape ca sabbāni p’ etāni abhisambhavitvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.18 ||

53. Nāgo va yūthāni vivajjayitvā sañjātakhandho padumī ulāro yathābhirantaṃ vihare araññe,

eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.19 ||

54. Aṭṭhāna taṃ saṃgaṇikāratassa,

yam phassaye sāmayikaṃ vimuttiṃ, --

Ādiccabandhussa vaco nisamma || Sn_I,3.20 ||

[F._9] 55. Diṭṭhīvisūkāni upātivatto patto niyāmaṃ paṭiladdhamaggo,

‘uppannañāṇo 'mhi anaññaneyyo'

eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.21 ||

56. Nillolupo nikkuho nippipāso nimmakkho niddhantakasāvamoho nirāsayo sabbaloke bhavitvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.22 ||

57. Pāpaṃ sahāyaṃ parivajjayetha anatthadassiṃ visame niviṭṭhaṃ,

sayaṃ na seve pasutaṃ pamattaṃ,

eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.23 ||

(010) 58. Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ bhajetha mittaṃ uḷāraṃ patibhānavantaṃ,

aññāya atthāni vineyya kaṃkhaṃ eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.24 ||

59. Khiḍḍaṃ ratiṃ kāmasukhañ ca loke analaṃkaritvā anapekkhamāno vibhūsanaṭṭhānā virato saccavādī eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.25 ||

60. Puttañ ca dāraṃ pitarañ ca mataraṃ dhanāni dhaṇṇāni ca bandhavāni ca hitvāna kāmāni yathodhikāni eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.26 ||

61. ‘Saṅgo eso, parittam ettha sokhyaṃ,

app’ assādo, dukkham ettha bhiyyo,

gaḷo eso’ iti {ñatvā} mutīmā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.27 ||

[F._10] 62. Sandālayitvā saṃyojanāni jālaṃ va bhetvā sālil’ ambucārī aggīva daḍḍhaṃ anivattamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.28 ||

63. Okkhitacakkhū na ca pādalolo guttindriyo rakkhitamānasāno amavassuto apariḍayhamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.29 ||

64. Ohārayitvā gihivyañjanāni saṃchinnapatto Yathā pārichatto|

(011) kāsāyavattho abhinikkhamitvā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.30 ||

65. Rasesu gedhaṃ akaraṃ alolo anaññaposī sapadānacārī kule kule appaṭibakkhacitto eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.31 ||

66. Pahāya pañcāvaraṇāni cetaso upakkilese vyapanujja sabbe anissito chetvā sinebadosaṃ eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.32 ||

67. Vipiṭṭhikatvāna sukhaṃ dukhañ ca pubbe va ca somanadomanassaṃ laddhān’ upekhaṃ samathaṃ visuddhaṃ eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.33 ||

68. Āraddhaviriyo paramatthapattiyā alīnacitto akusītavutti [F._11] daḷhanikkamo thāmabalūpapanno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.34 ||

69. Paṭisallāṇaṃ jhānam ariñcamāno dhammesu niccaṃ anudhammacārī ādīnavaṃ sammasitā bhavesu eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.35 ||

70. Taṇhakkhayaṃ patthayaṃ appamatto anelamūgo sutavā satīmā saṃkhātadhammo niyato padhānavā eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.36 ||

(012) 71. Sīho va saddesu asantasanto vāto va jālamhi asajjamāno padumaṃ va toyena alippamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.37 ||

72. Sīho yathā dāṭhabalī pasayha rājā migānaṃ abhibhuyyacārī sevetha pantāni senāsanāni,

eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.38 ||

73. Mettaṃ upekhaṃ karuṇaṃ vimuttiṃ āsevamāno muditañ ca kāle sabbena lokena avirujjhamāno eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.39 ||

74. Rāgañ ca dosañ ca pahāya mohaṃ sandālayitvā saṃyojanāni asantasaṃ jīvitasaṃkhayamhi eko care . . . || Sn_I,3.40 ||

75. Bhajanti sevanti ca kāraṇatthā,

nikkāraṇā dullabhā dullabhā ajja mittā,

[F._12] āttaṭṭhapaññā asucī manussā, --

eko care khaggavisāṇakappo {ti} || Sn_I,3.41 ||

Khaggavisāyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Kasibhāradvājasūtta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Dakkhiṇā-

(013) girismiṃ Ekanālāyaṃ brāhmaṇagāme.

Tena kho pana samayena Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa pañcamattāni naṅgalasatāni payuttāni honti vappakāle.

Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ mivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto ten'

upasaṃkami.

Tena kho pana samayena Kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa parivesanā vattati.

Atha kho Bhagavā vena parivesanā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

Addasā kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ piṇḍāya ṭhitaṃ, disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca: "ahaṃ kho samaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi, tvam pi samana kasassu ca vapassu ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjassū" ti. "Aham pi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca, kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmī" ti. "Na kho pana mayaṃ passāma bhoto Gotamassa yugaṃ vā naṅgalaṃ [F._13]vā phālaṃ vā pācanaṃ vā balivadde vā, atha ca pana bhavaṃ Gotamo evam āha: aham pi kho brāhmaṇa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca,

kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmī" ti.

Atha kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

76. "Kassako paṭijānāsi, na ca passāma te kasiṃ,

kasin no pucchito brūhi, yathā jānemu te kasiṃ". || Sn_I,4.1 ||

77. "Saddhā bījaṃ, tapo vuṭṭhi, paññā me yuganaṅgalaṃ,

hirī īsā, mano yottaṃ, sati me phālapācanaṃ. || Sn_I,4.2 ||

(014) 78. Kāyagutto vacīgutto āhāre udare yato saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ, soraccam me pamocanaṃ, || Sn_I,4.3 ||

79. viriyam me dhurakhorayhaṃ, yogakkhemādhivāhanaṃ gacchati anivattantaṃ, yattha gantvā na socati. || Sn_I,4.4 ||

80. Evam esā kasī kaṭṭhā, sā hoti amatapphalā:

etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna sabbadukkhā pamuccatī" ti. || Sn_I,4.5 ||

Atha kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo mahativā kaṃsapātivā pāyāsaṃ vaḍḍhetvā Bhagavato upanāmese: "bhuñjatu bhavaṃ Gotamo pāyāsaṃ, kassako bhavaṃ, yaṃ hi bhavaṃ Gotamo amataphalaṃ kasiṃ kasatī" ti.

[F._14] 81. "Gāthāghigitam me abhojaneyyaṃ,

sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n’ esa dhammo,

gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā,

dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vuttir esā.13 || Sn_I,4.6 ||

82. Aññena ca kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ khīṇāsavaṃ kukkucavūpasantaṃ annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu,

khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekhassa hotī" ti. || Sn_I,4.7 ||

(015) "Atha kassacābaṃ bho Gotama imaṃ pāyāsaṃ dammī"

ti. "Na kho 'han taṃ brāhmaṇa passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yassa so pāyāso bhutto sammāpariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra Tathāgatassa vā Tathāgatasāvakassa vā,

tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa taṃ pāyāsaṃ appaharite vā chaṭṭehi appāṇake vā udake opilāpehī" ti.

Atha kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo taṃ pāyāsaṃ appāṇake udake opilāpesi.

Atha kho so pāyāso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati citiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati.

Seyyathā pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam eva so pāyāso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati.

Atha kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami,

upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhaga[F._15]vantaṃ etad avoca: "abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama: seyyathā pi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintī'

ti, evam evam bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.

Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ

(016) gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, labheyyāhaṃ bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan" ti.

Alattha kho Kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.

Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā Bhāradvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirass’ eva, yass'

{atthāya kulaputtā} samma-d-eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi,

‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ,

nāparaṃ itthattāyā' ti {abbhaññāsi.} Aññataro ca kho panāyasmā Bhāradvājo arahataṃ ahosī ti

Kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Cundasutta.

83. "Pucchāmi muniṃ pahūtapaññaṃ iti Cundo kammāraputto Buddhaṃ dhammassāmiṃ vītataṇhaṃ dipaduttamaṃ sārathīnaṃ pavaraṃ:

kati loke samaṇā, tad iṃgha brūhi". || Sn_I,5.1 ||

[F._16] 84. "Caturo samaṇā, na pañcamo 'tthi, |

Cundā ti Bhagavā

(017) te te āvikaromi sakkhipuṭṭho:

maggajino maggadesako ca,

magge jīvati, yo ca maggadūsī". || Sn_I,5.2 ||

85. "Kam maggajinaṃ vadanti buddhā,

iti Cundo kammāraputto maggajjhāyī kathaṃ atulyo hoti,

magge jīvati me brūhi puṭṭho,

atha me avikarohi maggadūsiṃ"5 || Sn_I,5.3 ||

86. "Yo tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo nibbānābhirato anānugiddho lokassa sadevakassa netā,

tādiṃ maggajinaṃ vadanti buddhā. || Sn_I,5.4 ||

87. Paramaṃ paraman ti yo 'dha ñatvā akkhāti vibhajati idh’ eva dhammaṃ,

taṃ kaṃkhacchidaṃ muniṃ, {anejaṃ}

dutiyaṃ bhikkhunam āhu maggadesiṃ. || Sn_I,5.5 ||

88. Yo dhammapade sudesite magge jīvati saññato satīmā anavajjapadāni sevamano,

tatiyaṃ bhikkhunam āhu maggajīviṃ. || Sn_I,5.6 ||

89. Chadanaṃ katvāna subbatānaṃ {pakkhandī} kuladūsako pagabbho māyāvī asaññato palāpo patirūpena caraṃ, sa maggadūsī. || Sn_I,5.7 ||

90. Ete ca paṭivijjhi yo gahaṭṭho sutavā ariyasāvako sapañño|

(018) sabbe ne ‘tādisā’ ti {ñatvā},

iti disvā na hāpeti tassa saddhā, --

[F._17] kathaṃ hi duṭṭhena asampaduṭṭhaṃ suddhaṃ asuddhena samaṃ kareyyā" ti

Cundasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Parābhavasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

91. "Parābhavantaṃ purisaṃ mayaṃ pacchāma Gotamaṃ Bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamma: kim parābhavato mukham". || Sn_I,6.1 ||

92. "Suvijāno bhavaṃ hoti, suvijāno parābhavo:

dhammakāmo bhavaṃ hoti, dhammadessī parābhavo". || Sn_I,6.2 ||

93. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, paṭhamo so parābbavo,

dutiyaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.3 ||

94. "Asant’ assa piyā honti, sante na kurute piyaṃ,

[F._18] asataṃ dhammaṃ roceti, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.4 ||

95. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, dutiyo so parābhavo,

tatiyaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.5 ||

(019) 96. "Niddāsīlī sabhāsīlī anuṭṭhātā ca yo naro alaso kodhapaññāṇo, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.6 ||

97. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, tatiyo so parābhavo,

catutthaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.7 ||

98. "Yo mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā jiṇṇakaṃ gatayobbanaṃ pahu santo na bharati, tam p; arābhavato mukham". || Sn_I,6.8 ||

99. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, catuttho so parābhavo,

pañcamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.9 ||

100. "Yo brāhmaṇaṃ vā sammaṇaṃ vā aññaṃ vā pi vaṇibbakaṃ musāvādena vañceti, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.10 ||

101. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, pañcamo so parābhavo,

chaṭṭhamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.11 ||

[F._19] 102. "Pahūtavitto puriso sahirañño sabhojano eko bhuñjati sādūni, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.12 ||

103. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, chaṭṭhamo so parābhavo sattamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.13 ||

104. "Jātitthaddho dhanatthaddho gottatthaddho ca yo naro saṃ ñātiṃ atimaññeti, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.14 ||

105. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, sattamo so parābhavo,

aṭṭhamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.15 ||

106. "Itthidhutto surādhutto akkhadhutto ca yo naro laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vināseti, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.16 ||

(020) 107. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, aṭṭhamo so parābbavo,

navamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.17 ||

108. "Sehi dārehi asantuṭṭho vesiyāsu padissati,

dissati paradāresu, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.18 ||

109. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, navamo so parābhavo,

[F._20] dasamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukham". || Sn_I,6.19 ||

110. "Atītayobbano poso āneti timbarutthaniṃ,

tassā issā na supati, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.20 ||

111. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, dasamo so parābhavo,

ekādasamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukhaṃ". || Sn_I,6.21 ||

112. "Itthisoṇḍiṃ vikiraṇiṃ purisaṃ vā pi tādisaṃ issariyasmiṃ ṭhāpeti, tam parābhavato mukham". || Sn_I,6.22 ||

113. "Iti h’ etaṃ vijānāma, ekādasamo so parābhavo,

dvādasamaṃ Bhagavā brūhi: kim parābhavato mukham". || Sn_I,6.23 ||

114. "Appabhogo mahātaṇho khattiye jāyate kule,

{so} 'dha rajjaṃ patthayati, tam parābhavato mukhaṃ. || Sn_I,6.24 ||

115. Ete parābhave loke paṇḍito samavekkhiya ariyo dassanasampanno, sa lokaṃ bhajate sivan" ti || Sn_I,6.25 ||

Parābhavasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

(021) [F._21] 7. Vasalasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.

Tena kho pana samayena Aggikabhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa nivesane aggi pajjalito hoti, āhutī paggahitā.

Atha kho Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ sapasānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena Aggikaghāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten’ upasaṃkami.

Addasā kho Aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "tatr’ eva muṇḍaka, tatr’ eva samanaka, tatr’ eva vasalaka tiṭṭhāhī" ti.

Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Aggikabhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca:

"jānāsi pana tvaṃ brāhmaṇa vasalaṃ vā vasalakaraṇe vā dhamme" ti.

"Na khv-āhaṃ bho Gotama jānami vasalaṃ vā vasalakaraṇe vā dhamme, sādhu me bhavaṃ Gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetu, yathāhaṃ jāneyyaṃ vasalaṃ vā vasalakaraṇe vā dhamme" ti.

"Tena hi brāhmaṇa suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī" ti.

"Evam bho" ti kho Aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato paccassosi.

Bhagavā etad avoca:

116. "Kodhano upanāhī ca pāpamakkhi ca yo naro vipannadiṭṭhi māyāvī, taṃ jaññā ‘vassalo’ iti. || Sn_I,7.1 ||

117. Ekajaṃ vā dijaṃ va pi yo 'dha pāṇāṇi hiṃsati,

yassa pāṇe dayā n’ atthi, taṃ jaññā ‘vasalo’ iti. || Sn_I,7.2 ||

(022) [F._22] 118. Yo hanti parirundhati gāmāni nigamāni ca niggāhako samaññāto, taṃ jaññā ‘vasalo’ iti. || Sn_I,7.3 ||

119. Gāme vā yadi vāraññe yaṃ paresaṃ mamāyitaṃ theyyā adinnaṃ ādiyati, taṃ jaññā --pe-- || Sn_I,7.4 ||

120. Yo have iṇam ādāya cujjamāno palāyati "na hi te iṇam atthī" ti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.5 ||

121. Yo ve kiñcikkhakamyatā panthasmiṃ vajataṃ janaṃ hantvā kiñcikkham ādeti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.6 ||

122. Yo attahetu parahetu dhanahetu ca yo naro sakkhipuṭṭho musā brūhi, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.7 ||

123. Yo ñātīnaṃ sakhānaṃ vā dāresu patidissati sahasā sampiyena vā, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.8 ||

124. Yo mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā jiṇṇakaṃ gatayobbanaṃ pahu santo na bharati, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.9 ||

125. Yo mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā bhātaraṃ bhaginiṃ sasuṃ [F._23] hanti roseti vācāya, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.10 ||

126. Yo atthaṃ pucchito santo anattham anusāsati,

paṭicchannena manteti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.11 ||

127. Yo katvā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ ‘mā maṃ jaññā’ ti icchati,

yo paṭicchannakammanto, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.12 ||

128. Yo ve parakulaṃ gantvā bhutvāna sucibhojanaṃ āgataṃ na paṭipūjeti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.13 ||

129. Yo brāhmaṇaṃ vā samaṇaṃ vā aññaṃ vā pi vaṇibbakaṃ musāvādena vañceti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.14 ||

(023) 130. Yo brāhmaṇaṃ vā samaṇaṃ vā bhattakāle upaṭṭhite roseti vācā na ca deti, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.15 ||

131. Asataṃ yo 'dha pa brūti mohena paliguṇṭhito kiñcikkhaṃ nijigiṃsāno, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.16 ||

132. Yo c’ attānaṃ samukkaṃse parañ ca-m-avajānati,

nihīno sena mānena, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.17 ||

[F._24] 133. Rosako kadariyo ca pāpiccho maccharī saṭho ahiriko anottāpī, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.18 ||

134. Yo buddhaṃ paribhāsati atha vā tassa sāvakaṃ paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vā, taṃ jaññā . . . || Sn_I,7.19 ||

135. Yo ve anarahā santo arahaṃ paṭijānati coro sabrahmake loke, esa kho vasalādhamo.

Ete kho vasalā vuttā, mayā vo ye pakāsitā. || Sn_I,7.20 ||

136. Na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo,

kammanā vasalo hoti, kammanā hoti brāhmaṇo. || Sn_I,7.21 ||

137. Tad aminā pi jānātha, yathā me 'daṃ nidassanaṃ:

caṇḍālaputto sopāko Mātaṅgo iti vissuto, || Sn_I,7.22 ||

(024) 138. so yasaṃ paramaṃ patto Mātaṅgo yaṃ sudullabhaṃ,

āgañchuṃ tass’ upaṭṭhānaṃ khattiyā brāhmaṇā bahū. || Sn_I,7.23 ||

139. So devayānam āruyha, virajaṃ so mahāpathaṃ,

[F._25] kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā brahmalokūpago ahu, --

na naṃ jāti nivāresi brahmalokūpapattiyā. || Sn_I,7.24 ||

140. Ajjhāyakakule jātā brāhmaṇā mantabandhavā,

te ca pāpesu kammesu abhiṇham upadissare, || Sn_I,7.25 ||

141. diṭṭhe va dhamme gārayhā, samparāye ca duggati --,

na ne jāti nivāreti duggaccā garahāya vā || Sn_I,7.26 ||

142. Na jaccā vasalo hoti, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo,

kammanā vasalo hoti, kammanā hoti brāhmaṇo" ti. || Sn_I,7.27 ||

Evaṃ vatte Aggikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama: seyyathā pi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rupāni dakkhintī ti, evam evaṃ bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.

Esāhaṃ bha-

(025) vantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan" ti

Vasalasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Mettasutta.

143. Karaṇīyam atthakusalena yan taṃ santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca:

sakko ujū ca sūjū ca suvaco c’ assa mudu anatimānī, || Sn_I,8.1 ||

144. santussako ca subharo ca appakicco ca sallahukavutti santindriyo ca nipako ca appagabbho kulesu ananugiddho, || Sn_I,8.2 ||

145. na ca khuddaṃ samācare kiñci,

yena viññū pare upavadeyyuṃ.

Sukhino vā khemino hontu sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattā: || Sn_I,8.3 ||

146. ye keci pāṇabhūt' atthi tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesā dīghā vā ye mahantā vā majjhimā rassakā aṇukathūlā. || Sn_I,8.4 ||

(026) 147. diṭṭhā vā ye vā addiṭṭhā,

ye ca dūre vasanti avidūre,

bhūtā vā sambhavesī vā, --

sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhitattā. || Sn_I,8.5 ||

148. Na paro paraṃ nikubbetha,

nātimaññetha katthacinaṃ kañci,

vyārosanā paṭighasaññā nāññamaññassa dukkham iccheyya. || Sn_I,8.6 ||

149. Mātā yathā niyaṃ puttaṃ āyusā ekaputtam anurakkhe,

evam pi sabbabhūtesu mānasam bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ. || Sn_I,8.7 ||

[F._27] 150. Mettañ ca sabbalokasmiṃ mānasam bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ uddhaṃ daho ca tiriyañ ca asambādhaṃ averaṃ asapattaṃ. || Sn_I,8.8 ||

151. Tiṭṭhaṃ caraṃ nisinno vā sayāno vā yāvat’ assa vigatamiddho,

etaṃ satiṃ adhiṭṭheyya,

brahmam etaṃ vihāraṃ idha-m-āhu. || Sn_I,8.9 ||

152. Diṭṭhiñ ca anupagamma sīlavā dassanena sampanno kāmesu vineyya gedhaṃ,

na hi jātu gabbhaseyyaṃ punar etī ti || Sn_I,8.10 ||

Mettasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

(027) 9. Hemavatasutta.

153. "Ajja pannaraso uposatho,

iti Sātāgiro yakkho divyā ratti upaṭṭhitā,

anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ handa passāma Gotamaṃ". || Sn_I,9.1 ||

154. "Kacci mano supaṇihito iti Hemavato yakkho sabbabhūtesu tādino,

kacci iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe ca saṃkapp’ assa vasīkatā". || Sn_I,9.2 ||

155. "Mano c’ assa supaṇihito iti Sātāgiro yakkho sabbabhūtesu tādino,

atho iṭṭhe aniṭṭhe ca saṃkapp’ assa vasījatā", || Sn_I,9.3 ||

[F._28] 156. "Kacci adinnaṃ nādiyati,

iti Hemavato yakkho kacci pāṇesu saññato,

kacci ārā pamādamhā, kacci jhānaṃ na riñcati". || Sn_I,9.4 ||

157. "Na so adinnaṃ ādiyati,

iti Sātāgiro yakkho atho pāṇesu saññato,

atho ārā pamādamhā, Buddho jhānaṃ na riñcati". || Sn_I,9.5 ||

158. "Kacci musā na bhaṇati,|

iti Hemavato yakkho

(028) Kacci na khīṇavyappatho,

Kacci vebhūtiyan nāha, kacci samphaṃ na bhāsati". || Sn_I,9.6 ||

159. "Musā ca so na bhaṇati,

iti Sātāgiro yakkho atho na khīṇavyappatho,

atho vebhūtiyan nāha, mantā atthaṃ so bhāsati". || Sn_I,9.7 ||

160. "Kacci na rajjati kāmesu,

iti Hemavato yakkho kacci cittaṃ anāvilaṃ,

kacci mohaṃ atikkanto, kacci dhammesu cakkhumā". || Sn_I,9.8 ||

161. "Na so rajjati kāmesu,

iti Sātāgiro yakkho atho cittaṃ anāvilaṃ,

sabbamohaṃ atikkanto.

Buddho dhammesu cakkhumā". || Sn_I,9.9 ||

162. "Kacci vijjāya sampanno,

iti Hemavato yakkho kacci saṃsuddhacāraṇo,

kacci 'ssa āsavā khīṇā, kacci n’ atthi punabbhavo". || Sn_I,9.10 ||

(029) [F._29] 163. "Vijjāya-m-eva sampanno,

iti Sātāgiro yakkho atho saṃsuddhacāraṇo,

sabb’ assa āsavā khīṇā, n’ atthi tassa punabbhavo. || Sn_I,9.11 ||

16 A. 2Sampannaṃ munino cittaṃ kammanā vyappathena ca,

vijjācaraṇasampannaṃ dhammato naṃ pasaṃsasi. || Sn_I,9.11A ||

16 B. 2Sampannaṃ munino cittaṃ kammanā vyappathena ca,

vijjācaraṇasampannaṃ dhammato anumodasi. || Sn_I,9.11B ||

164. Sampannaṃ munino cittaṃ kammanā vyappathena ca,

vijjācaraṇasampannaṃ handa passāma Gotamaṃ. || Sn_I,9.12 ||

165. Eṇijaṃghaṃ kisaṃ dhīraṃ appāhāraṃ alolupaṃ muniṃ vanasmiṃ jhāyantaṃ ehi passāma Gotamaṃ. || Sn_I,9.13 ||

166. Sīhaṃ v’ ekacaraṃ nāgaṃ kāmesu anapekhinaṃ upasaṃkamma pucchāma maccupāsā pamocanaṃ. || Sn_I,9.14 ||

167. Akkhātāraṃ pavattāraṃ sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ Buddhaṃ verabhayātītam mayaṃ pucchāma Gotamaṃ", || Sn_I,9.15 ||

168. "Kismiṃ loko samuppanno,

iti Hemavato yakkho kismiṃ kubbati santhavaṃ,

kissa loko upādāya kismiṃ loko vihaññati". || Sn_I,9.16 ||

(030) 169. "Chassu loko samuppanno,

Hemavatā ti Bhagavā chassu kubbati santhavaṃ,

[F._30] channam eva upādāya chassu loko vihaññati". || Sn_I,9.17 ||

170. "Kataman taṃ upādānaṃ, yattha loko vihaññati,

niyyānaṃ pucchito brūhi: kathaṃ dukkhā pamuccati". || Sn_I,9.18 ||

171. "Pañca kāmagunā loke manochaṭṭhā paveditā,

ettha chandaṃ virājetvā evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati. || Sn_I,9.19 ||

172. Etaṃ lokassa niyyānaṃ akkhātaṃ vo yathātathaṃ,

etam vo aham akkhāmi: evaṃ dukkhā pamuccati". || Sn_I,9.20 ||

173. "Ko sū 'dha taratī oghaṃ, ko 'dha tarati aṇṇavaṃ,

{appatiṭṭhe} anālambe ko gambhīre na sīdati". || Sn_I,9.21 ||

174. "Sabbadā sīlasampanno paññavā susamāhito ajjhattacintī satimā oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ. || Sn_I,9.22 ||

175. Virato kāmasaññya sabbasaṃyojanātigo nandībhavaparikkhīṇo, so gambhīre na sīdati". || Sn_I,9.23 ||

176. "Gambhīrapaññaṃ nipuṇatthadassiṃ akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ [F._31] taṃ passatha sabbadhi vippamuttaṃ dibbe pathe kamamānaṃ mahesiṃ. || Sn_I,9.24 ||

177. Anomanāmaṃ nipuṇatthadassiṃ paññādadaṃ kāmālaye asattaṃ

(031) taṃ passatha sabbaviduṃ sumedhaṃ ariye pathe kamamānaṃ mahesiṃ. || Sn_I,9.25 ||

178. Suddiṭṭhaṃ vata no ajja suppabhātaṃ suhuṭṭhitaṃ,

yaṃ addasāma Sambuddhaṃ oghatiṇṇam anāsavaṃ. || Sn_I,9.26 ||

179. Ime dasasatā yakkhā iddhimanto yasassino sabbe taṃ saraṇaṃ yanti, tvan no satthā anuttaro. || Sn_I,9.27 ||

180. Te mayaṃ vicarissāma gāmā gāmaṃ nagā nagaṃ namassamānā Sambuddhaṃ dhammassa ca sudhammatan" ti || Sn_I,9.28 ||

Hemavatasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Āḷavakasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ: Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane.

Atha kho Āḷavako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "nikkhama samaṇā" ti, -- "sādh’ āvuso" ti Bhagavā nikkhami, -- "pavisa samaṇā" [F.32] ti, -- "sādh'

āvuso" ti Bhagavā pāvisi.

Dutiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "nikkhama samaṇā"

ti, -- "sādh’ āvuso" ti Bhagavā nikkhami, -- "pavisa samaṇā" ti, -- "sādh’ āvuso" ti Bhagavā pāvisi.

Tatiyam pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "nikkhama samaṇā" ti, -- "sādh’ āvuso" ti Bhagavā nikkhami, -- "pavisa samaṇā" ti, -- "sādh’ āvuso" ti Bhagavā pāvisi.

Catuttham pi kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "nikkhama samaṇā" ti. "Na khv-āhan

(032) taṃ āvuso nikkhamissāmi, yan te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī"

ti. "Pañhan taṃ samaṇa pucchissāmi, sace me na vyākarissasi, cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi hadayaṃ vā te phālessāmi pādesu vā gahetvā pāra-Gaṅgāya khipissāmī" ti.

"Na khv-āhan taṃ āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo me cittaṃ vā khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāḷeyya pādesu vā gahetvā pāra-Gaṅgāya khipeyya, api ca tvaṃ āvuso puccha yad ākaṃkhasī" ti.

Atha kho Āḷavako yakkho Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

181. "Kiṃ sū 'dha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ,

kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukham āvahāti,

kiṃ su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ,

kathaṃjīvim jīvitam āhu seṭṭhaṃ". || Sn_I,10.1 ||

182. "Saddh’ īdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ,

dhammo suciṇṇo sukham āvahāti,

saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ,

paññājīviṃ jīvitam āhu seṭṭhaṃ". || Sn_I,10.2 ||

183. "Kathaṃ su taratī oghaṃ, kathaṃ su tarati aṇṇavaṃ,

kathaṃ su dukkhaṃ acceti, kathaṃ su parisujjhati". || Sn_I,10.3 ||

(033) [F._33] 184. "Saddhāya taratī oghaṃ, appamādena aṇṇavaṃ,

viriyena dukkhaṃ acceti, paññāya parisujjhati". || Sn_I,10.4 ||

185. "Kathaṃ su labhate paññaṃ, kathaṃ su vindate dhanaṃ,

kathaṃ su kittiṃ pappoti, kathaṃ mittāni ganthati,

asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ kathaṃ pecca na socati". || Sn_I,10.5 ||

186. "Saddahāno arahataṃ dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā sussūsā labbate paññaṃ appamatto vicakkhaṇo, || Sn_I,10.6 ||

187. patirūpakārī dhuravā uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ,

saccena kittiṃ pappoti, dadaṃ mittāni ganthati. || Sn_I,10.7 ||

188. Yass’ ete caturo dhammā saddhassa gharamesino saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo, sa ve pecca na socati. || Sn_I,10.8 ||

189. Iṃgha aññe pi pucchassu puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe,

yadi saccā damā cāgā khantyā bhiyyo 'dha vijjati". || Sn_I,10.9 ||

190. "Kathan nu dāni puccheyyaṃ puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe,

so 'haṃ ajja pajānāmi yo attho samparāyiko. || Sn_I,10.10 ||

[F._34] 191. Atthāya vata me Buddho vāsāy’ Āḷavim āgamā,

so 'ham ajja pajānāmi yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ. || Sn_I,10.11 ||

192. So ahaṃ vicarissāmi gāmā gāmaṃ purā puraṃ namassamāno Sambuddhaṃ dhammassa ca sudhammatan" ti || Sn_I,10.12 ||

ĀḶAVAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(034) 11. Vijayasutta.

193. Caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ nisinno uda vā sayaṃ sammiñjeti pasāreti, -- esā kāyassa iñjanā. || Sn_I,11.1 ||

194. Aṭṭhīnahārusaññutto tacamaṃsāvalepano chaviyā kāyo paṭicchanno yathābhūtaṃ na dissati, || Sn_I,11.2 ||

195. antapūro udarapūro yakapeḷassa vatthino hadayassa papphāsassa vakkassa pihakassa ca || Sn_I,11.3 ||

196. siṃghānikāya khelassa sedassa medassa ca lohitassa lasikāya pittassa ca vasāya ca. || Sn_I,11.4 ||

[F._35] 197. Ath’ assa navahi sotehi asucī savati sabbadā:

akkhimhā akkhigūthako, kaṇṇamhā kaṇṇagūthako, || Sn_I,11.5 ||

198. siṃghāṇikā ca nāsāto, mukhena vamat' ekadā pittaṃ semhañ ca vamati, kāyamhā sedajallikā. || Sn_I,11.6 ||

199. Ath’ assa susiraṃ sīsaṃ matthaluṅgassa pūritam,

subhato naṃ maññatī bālo avijjāya purakkhato. || Sn_I,11.7 ||

200. Yadā ca so mato seti uddhumāto vinīlako apaviddho susānasmiṃ, anapekhā honti ñātayo, || Sn_I,11.8 ||

201. khādanti naṃ supāṇā ca sigālā ca vakā kimī,

kākā gijjhā ca khādanti, ye c’ aññe santi pāṇayo. || Sn_I,11.9 ||

(035) 202. Sutvāna Buddhavacanaṃ bhikkhu paññāṇavā idha,

so kho maṃ parijānāti, yathābhūtaṃ hi passati. || Sn_I,11.10 ||

203. ‘Yathā idaṃ tathā etaṃ, yathā etaṃ tathā idaṃ,'

ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca kāye chandaṃ virājaye. || Sn_I,11.11 ||

204. Chandarāgaviratto so bhikkhu paññāṇavā idha [F._36] ajjhagā amataṃ santiṃ nibbāna-padam accutaṃ. || Sn_I,11.12 ||

205. Dipādako 'yam asuci duggandho parihīrati nānākuṇapaparipūro vissavanto tato tato. || Sn_I,11.13 ||

206. Etādisena kāyena yo maññe uṇṇametave paraṃ vā avajāneyya -- kim aññatra adassanā ti || Sn_I,11.14 ||

VIJAYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

12. Munisutta.

207. Santhavāto bhayaṃ jātaṃ, niketā jāyate rajo,

aniketam asanthavaṃ: etaṃ ve munidassanaṃ. || Sn_I,12.1 ||

208. Yo jātam ucchijja na ropayeyya,

jāyantam assa nānuppavecche,

tam āhu ekaṃ muninaṃ carantaṃ:

addakkhi so santipadaṃ mahesi. || Sn_I,12.2 ||

(036) 209. Saṃkhāya vatthūni pamāya bījaṃ sineham assa nānuppavecche,

sa ve munī jātikhayantadassī takkaṃ pahāya na upeti saṃkhaṃ. || Sn_I,12.3 ||

[F._37] 210. Aññāya sabbāni nivesanāni anikāmayaṃ aññataraṃ pi tesaṃ sa ve munī vitagedho agiddho nāyūhatī, pāragato hi hoti. || Sn_I,12.4 ||

211. Sabbābhibhuṃ sabbaviduṃ sumedhaṃ sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitaṃ sabbañjahaṃ taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṃ,

taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. || Sn_I,12.5 ||

212. Paññābalaṃ sīlavatūpapannaṃ samāhitaṃ jhānarataṃ satīmaṃ saṅgā pamuttaṃ akhilaṃ anāsavaṃ,

taṃ vāpi dhīra muniṃ vedayanti. || Sn_I,12.6 ||

213. Ekaṃ carantaṃ muniṃ appamattaṃ nindāpasaṃsāsu avedhamānaṃ sīhaṃ va saddesu asantasantaṃ vātaṃ va jālamhi asajjamānaṃ padumaṃ va toyena alippamānaṃ netāram āññesaṃ anaññaneyyaṃ,

taṃ vāpi --pe--. || Sn_I,12.7 ||

(037) 214. Yo ogahane thambho-r-ivābhijāyati,

yasmiṃ pare vācā pariyantaṃ vadanti,

taṃ vītarāgaṃ susamāhitindriyaṃ,

taṃ vāpi . . . || Sn_I,12.8 ||

215. Yo ve ṭhitatto tasaraṃ va ujjaṃ jigucchati kammehi pāpakehi vīmaṃsamāno visamaṃ samañ ca,

taṃ vāpi . . . || Sn_I,12.9 ||

216. Yo saññatatto na karoti pāpaṃ,

daharo ca majjho ca munī yatatto,

[F._38] arosaneyyo so na roseti kañci,

taṃ vāpi . . . || Sn_I,12.10 ||

217. Yad aggato majjhato sesato vā piṇḍaṃ labhetha paradattūpajīvī,

nālan thutun no pi nipaccavādī,

taṃ vāpi . . . || Sn_I,12.11 ||

218. Muniṃ carantaṃ virataṃ methunasmā,

yo yobbane na upanibajjhate kvaci,

madappamādā virataṃ vippamuttaṃ,

taṃ vāpi . . . || Sn_I,12.12 ||

219. Aññāya lokaṃ paramatthadassiṃ oghaṃ samuddaṃ atitariya {tādiṃ}.6|

(038) taṃ chinnaganthaṃ asitaṃ anāsavaṃ taṃ vāpi dhīrā muniṃ vedayanti. || Sn_I,12.13 ||

220. Asamā ubho dūravihāravuttino:

gihi dāraposī amano ca subbato, --

parapāṇarodhāya gihī asaññato,

niccaṃ munī rakkhati pāṇine yato. || Sn_I,12.14 ||

221. Sikhī yathā nīlagīvo vihaṅgamo haṃsassa nopeti javaṃ kudācanaṃ,

evaṃ gihī nānukaroti bhikkhuno munino vivittassa vanamhi jhāyato ti| || Sn_I,12.15 ||

MUNISUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

Uragavaggo paṭhamo.

Tass’ uddānaṃ:

Urago Dhaniyo c’ eva Visānañ ca tathā Kasi Cundo Parābhavo c’ eva Vasalo Mettabhāvanā Sātāgiro Āḷavako Vijjaya ca tathā Muni,

dvādas’ etāni suttāni Uragavaggo ti vuccatī ti.|

(039) [F._39] II. CŪLAVAGGA.

1. Ratanasutta.

222. Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāmi bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,

sabbe va bhūtā sumanā bhavantu,

atho pi sakkacca suṇantu bhāsitaṃ. || Sn_II,1.1 ||

223. Tasmā hi bhūtā misāmetha sabbe,

mettaṃ karotha mānusiyā pajāya,

divā ca ratto ca haranti ye baliṃ,

tasmā hi ne rakkhatha appamattā. || Sn_II,1.2 ||

224. Yaṃ kiñci vittaṃ idha vā huraṃ vā,

saggesu vā yaṃ ratanaṃ panītaṃ,

na no samaṃ atthi Tathāgatena, --

idam pi Buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.3 ||

225. Khayaṃ virāgaṃ amataṃ paṇītaṃ yad ajjhagā Sakyamunī samāhito,

na tena dhammena sam’ atthi kiñci, --

idam pi Dhamme ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.4 ||

226. Yam buddhaseṭṭho parivaṇṇayī suciṃ samādhim ānantarikañ ñam āhu,|

(040) samādhinā tena samo na vijjati, --

idam pi Dhamme ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.5 ||

227. Ye puggalā aṭṭha satam pasatthā,

cattāri etāni yugāni honti,

te dakkhiṇeyyā Sugatassa sāvakā,

[F._40] etesu dinnāni mahapphalāni, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ panītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.6 ||

228. Ye suppayuttā manasā daḷhena nikkāmino Gotamasāsanamhi,

te pattipattā amataṃ vigayha laddhā mudhā nibbutiṃ bhuñjamānā, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.7 ||

229. Yath’ indakhīlo paṭhaviṃ sito siyā catubbhi vātehi asampakampiyo,

tathūpamaṃ sappurisaṃ vadāmi yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītāṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.8 ||

230. Ye ariyasaccāni vibhāvayanti gambhīrapaññena sudesitāni,

kiñcāpi te honti bhusappamattā,

na te bhavaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ ādiyanti, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.9 ||

231. Sahā v' assa dassanasampadāya tayas su dhammā jahitā bhavanti:|

(041) sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchitañ ca sīlabbataṃ vā pi yad atthi kiñci,

catūh’ apāyehi ca vippamutto cha cābhiṭhānāni abhabbo kātuṃ, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.10 ||

[F._41] 232. Kiñcāpi so kammaṃ karoti pāpakaṃ kāyena vācā uda cetasā vā,

abhabbo so tassa paṭicchadāya,

abhabbatā diṭṭhapadassa vuttā, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.11 ||

233. Vanappagumbe yathā phussitagge gimhāna māse paṭhamasmiṃ gimhe,

tathūpamaṃ dhammavaraṃ adesayi nibbānagāmiṃ paramaṃhitāya, --

idam pi Buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.12 ||

234. Varo varaññū varado varāharo anuttaro dhammavaraṃ adesayi, --

idam pi Buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.13 ||

235. ‘Khīṇaṃ purāṇaṃ, navaṃ n’ atthi sambhavaṃ,' virattacittā āyatike bhavasmiṃ te khīṇabījā avirūḷhichandā11|

(042) nibbanti dhīrā yathāyam padīpo, --

idam pi Saṃghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ,

etena saccena suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.14 ||

236. Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,

tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ Buddhaṃ namassāma, suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.15 ||

237. Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāmi bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,

tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ Dhammaṃ namassāma, suvatthi hotu. || Sn_II,1.16 ||

[F._42] 238. Yānīdha bhūtāni samāgatāni bhummāni vā yāni va antalikkhe,

tathāgataṃ devamanussapūjitaṃ Saṃghaṃ namassāma, suvatthi hotū ti4 || Sn_II,1.17 ||

RATANASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

2. Āmagandhasutta.

239. "Sāmāka-ḍiṅgulaka5-cīnakāni pattapphalaṃ mūlapphalaṃ gavipphalaṃ dhammena laddhaṃ satam añhamānā na kāmakāmā alikaṃ bhaṇanti. || Sn_II,2.1 ||

240. Yad añhamāno sukataṃ suniṭṭhitaṃ parehi dinnaṃ payataṃ panītaṃ|

(043) sālīnam annaṃ paribhuñjamāno so bhuñjatī Kassapa āmagandhaṃ. || Sn_II,2.2 ||

241. ‘Na āmagandho mama kappatī’ ti icc-eva tvaṃ bhāsasi brahmabandhu sālīnam annaṃ paribhuñjamāno sakuntamaṃsehi susaṃkhatehi, --

pucchāmi tam Kassapa etam atthaṃ:

kathappakāro tava āmagandho". || Sn_II,2.3 ||

242. "Pāṇātipāto vadhachedabandhanaṃ theyyaṃ musāvādo nikatī vañcanāni ca ajjhenakujjaṃ paradārasevanā,

esāmagandho, na hi maṃsabhojanaṃ. || Sn_II,2.4 ||

243. Ye idha dāmesu asaññatā janā rasesu giddhā asucīkamissitā [F._43] natthikadiṭṭhi visamā durannayā,

esāmagandho, na hi maṃsabhojanaṃ. || Sn_II,2.5 ||

244. Ye lūkhasā dāruṇā piṭṭhimaṃsikā mittadduno nikkaruṇatimānino adānasīlā na ca denti kassaci, --

esāmagandho --pe--. || Sn_II,2.6 ||

(044) 245. Kodho mado thambho paccuṭṭhāpanā ca māyā usuyyā bhassasamussayo ca mānātimāno ca asabbhi santhavo,

esāmagandho . . . || Sn_II,2.7 ||

246. Ye pāpasīlā iṇaghāta-sūcakā vohārakūṭā idha pāṭirūpikā narādhamā ye 'dha karonti kibbisaṃ, --

esāmagandho . . . || Sn_II,2.8 ||

247. Ye idha pāṇesu asaññatā janā paresam ādāya vihesam uyyutā dussīla-luddā pharusā anādarā, --

esāmagandho . . . || Sn_II,2.9 ||

248. Etesu giddhā viruddhātipātino nicc’ uyyutā, pecca tamaṃ vajanti ye,

patanti sattā nirayaṃ avaṃsirā, --

esāmagandho . . . || Sn_II,2.10 ||

249. Na macchamaṃsaṃ nānāsakattaṃ na naggiyaṃ muṇḍiyaṃ jaṭā jallaṃ kharājināni vā nāggihuttass' upasevanā va yā ye vā pi loke amarā bahū tapā mantāhutī yañña-m-utūpasevanā sodhenti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṃkhaṃ. || Sn_II,2.11 ||

(045) [F._44] 250. Sotesu gutto vijitindriyo care dhamme ṭhito ajjavamaddave {rato},

saṅgātigo sabbadukkhappahīno na lippati diṭṭhasutesu dhīro". || Sn_II,2.12 ||

251. Icc-etam attham Bhagavā punappunaṃ akkhāsi, taṃ vedayi mantapāragū,

citrāhi gāthāhi muni-ppakāsayi nirāmagandho asito durannayo. || Sn_II,2.13 ||

252. Sutvāna Buddhassa subhāsitam padaṃ nirāmagandhaṃ sabbadukkhappanūdanaṃ nīcamano vandi Tathāgatassa tatth’ eva pabbajjam arocayitthā ti || Sn_II,2.14 ||

ĀMAGANDHASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

3. Hirisutta.

253. Hirin tarantaṃ vijigucchamānaṃ "sakhāham asmi" iti bhāsamānaṃ sayhāni kammāni anādiyantaṃ ‘n’ eso manan’ ti iti naṃ vijaññā. || Sn_II,3.1 ||

254. Ananvayaṃ piyaṃ vācaṃ yo mittesu pakubbati,

akarontaṃ bhāsamānaṃ parijānanti paṇḍitā. || Sn_II,3.2 ||

(046) 255. Na so mitto yo sadā appamatto bhedāsaṃkī randham evānupassī,

yasmiṃ ca seti urasīva putto,

sa ve mitto yo parehi abhejjo. || Sn_II,3.3 ||

[F._45] 256. Pāmujjakaraṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ pasaṃsāvahanaṃ sukhaṃ phalānisaṃso bhāveti vahanto porisaṃ dhuraṃ. || Sn_II,3.4 ||

257. Pavivekarasam pītvā rasaṃ upasamassa ca niddaro hoti nippāpo dhammapitirasaṃ pivan ti || Sn_II,3.5 ||

HIRISUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

4. Mahāmaṅgalasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ: Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

258. "Bahū devā manussā ca maṅgalāni acintayuṃ ākaṃkhamānā sotthānaṃ, brūhi maṅgalam uttamaṃ". || Sn_II,4.1 ||

259. "Asevanā ca bālānaṃ paṇḍitānañ ca sevanā pūjā ca pūjanīyānaṃ, etam maṅgalam uttamaṃ. || Sn_II,4.2 ||

[F._46] 260. Patirūpadesavāso ca pubbe ca katapuññatā attasammāpaṇidhi ca, etam maṅgalam uttamaṃ. || Sn_II,4.3 ||

(047) 261. Bāhusaccañ ca sippañ ca vinayo ca susikkhito subhāsitā ca yā vācā, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.4 ||

262. Mātāpitu-upaṭṭhānaṃ puttadārassa saṅgaho anākulā ca kammantā, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.5 ||

263. Dānañ ca dhammacariyā ca ñātakānañ ca saṅgaho anavajjāni kammāni, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.6 ||

264. Ārati viratī pāpā majjapānā ca suññamo appamādo ca dhammesu, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.7 ||

265. Gāravo ca nivāto ca santuṭṭhī ca kataññutā kālena dhammasavanaṃ, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.8 ||

266. Khantī ca sovacassatā samaṇānañ ca dassanaṃ kālena dhammasākacchā, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.9 ||

267. Tapo ca brahmacariyā ca ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ [F._47] nibbānasacchikiriyā ca, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.10 ||

268. Phuṭṭhassa lokadhammehi cittam yassa na kampati asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ, etaṃ . . . || Sn_II,4.11 ||

269. Etādisāni katvāna sabbattha-m-aparājitā,

sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalam uttaman" ti || Sn_II,4.12 ||

MAHĀMAṄGALASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

5. Sūcilomasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Gayāyaṃ viharati Ṭaṃkitamañce Sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane.

Tena kho pana (048) samayena Kharo ca yakkho Sūcilomo ca yakkho Bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti.

Atha kho Kharo yakkho Sūcilomaṃ yakkhaṃ etad avora: "eso samaṇo" ti. "N’ eso samaṇo,

samaṇako eso, yāva jānāmi yadi vā so samaṇo yadi vā samaṇako" ti.

Atha kho Sūcilomo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi.

Atha kho Bhagavā kāyaṃ apanāmesi.

Atha kho Sūcilomo yakkho Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "bhāyasi maṃ samaṇā" ti. "Na khv-āhan taṃ āvuso bhāyāmi, api ca kho te samphasso pāpako" ti. "Pañhaṃ taṃ samaṇa pucchissāmi, sace me [F._48] na vyākarissasi, cittaṃ vā te khipissāmi, hadayaṃ vā te phāḷessāmi, pādesu vā gahetvā pāra-Gaṅgāya khipissāmī" ti. "Na khv-āhan taṃ āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yo me cittaṃ vā khipeyya hadayaṃ vā phāḷeyya pādesu vā gahetvā pāra-Gaṅgāya khipeyya, api ca tvaṃ āvuso puccha yad ākaṃkhasī" ti.

Atha kho Sūcilomo yakkho Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

270. "Rāgo ca doso ca kutonidānā,

aratī ratī lomahaṃso kutojā,

kuto samuṭṭhāya mano vitakkā kumārakā vaṃkam iv’ ossajanti". || Sn_II,5.1 ||

271. "Rāgo ca doso ca itonidānā,

arati ratī lomahaṃso itojā,

ito samuṭṭhāya mano vitakkā kumārakā vaṃkam iv’ ossajanti. || Sn_II,5.2 ||

(049) 272. Snehajā attasambhūtā nigrodhasseva khandhajā puthu visattā kāmesu māluvā va vitatā vane. || Sn_II,5.3 ||

273. Ye naṃ pajānanti yatonidānaṃ,

te naṃ vinodenti, suṇohi yakkha,

te duttaraṃ ogham imaṃ taranti atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā" ti || Sn_II,5.4 ||

SŪCILOMASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._49] 6. Dhammacariyasutta.

274. Dhammacariyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ etad āhu vasuttamaṃ:

pabbajito pi ce hoti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ, || Sn_II,6.1 ||

275. So ce mukharajātiko vihesābhirato mago,

jīvitan tassa pāpiyo, rajaṃ vaḍḍheti attano. || Sn_II,6.2 ||

276. Kalahābhirato bhikkhu mohadhammena āvaṭo akkhātam pi na jānāti dhammaṃ Baddhena desitaṃ. || Sn_II,6.3 ||

277. Vihesaṃ bhāvitattānaṃ avijjāya purakkhato saṃkilesaṃ na jānāti maggaṃ nirayagāminaṃ, || Sn_II,6.4 ||

278. vinipātaṃ samāpanno gabbhā gabbhaṃ tamā tamaṃ,

sa ve tādisako bhikkhu pecca dukkhaṃ nigacchati. || Sn_II,6.5 ||

279. Gūthakūpo yathā assa sampuṇṇo gaṇavassiko,

yo evarūpo assa, dubbisodho hi saṅgaṇo. || Sn_II,6.6 ||

280. Yaṃ evarūpaṃ jānātha bhikkhavo gehanissitaṃ pāpicchaṃ pāpasaṃkappaṃ pāpāacāragocaraṃ, || Sn_II,6.7 ||

(050) [F._50] 281. sabbe samaggā hutvāna abhinibbijjayātha naṃ:

kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamatha, kasambuṃ apakassatha, || Sn_II,6.8 ||

282. tato palāpe vāhetha assamaṇe samaṇamānine.

Niddhamitvāna pāpicche pāpāacāragocare || Sn_II,6.9 ||

283. suddhā suddhehi saṃvāsaṃ kappayavho patissatā,

tato samaggā nipakā dukkhass’ antaṃ karissathā ti || Sn_II,6.10 ||

DHAMMACARIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

7. Brāhmaṇadhammikasuttaṃ.

Evam me {sutaṃ}:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho sambahulā Kosalakā brāhmaṇamabāsālā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayo anuppattā yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodaṇīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇamahāsālā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: "sandissanti nu kho bho Gotama etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇabrāhmaṇadhamme" ti. "Na kho brāhmaṇā sandissanti etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇadhamme" ti. "Sādhu no bhavaṃ Gotamo [F._51] porāṇānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇadhammaṃ bhāsatu, sace bhoto Gotamassa agarū" ti. "Tena hi brāhmaṇā suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmi" ti. "Evam bho"

ti kho te brāhmaṇamabāsālā Bhagavato paccassosuṃ.

Bhagavā etad avoca:

284. "Isayo pubbakā āsuṃ saññatattā tapassino,

pañca kāmagume hitvā attadattham acārisuṃ. || Sn_II,7.1 ||

(051) 285. Na pasū brāhmaṇān’ āsuṃ, na hiraññaṃ na dhāniyaṃ,

sajjhāyadha adhaññāsuṃ, brahmaṃ nidhim apālayuṃ. || Sn_II,7.2 ||

286. Yaṃ tesaṃ pakataṃ āsi dvārabhattaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ saddhāpakatam esānaṃ dātave tad amaññisuṃ. || Sn_II,7.3 ||

287. Nānārattehi vatthehi sayaneh’ āvasathehi ca phitā janapadā raṭṭhā te namassiṃsu brāhmaṇe. || Sn_II,7.4 ||

288. Avajjhā brāhmaṇā āsuṃ ajeyyā dhammarakkhitā,

na ne koci nivāresi kuladvāresu sabbaso. || Sn_II,7.5 ||

289. Aṭṭhacattārīsaṃ vassāni komārabrahmacariyaṃ cariṃsu te,

vijjācaraṇapariyiṭṭhiṃ acaruṃ brāhmaṇā pure. || Sn_II,7.6 ||

[F._52] 290. Na brāhmaṇā aññam agamuṃ, na pi {bhariyaṃ} kiṇiṃsu te,

sampiyen’ eva saṃvāsaṃ saṅgantvā samarocayuṃ. || Sn_II,7.7 ||

291. Aññatra tamhā samayā utuveramaṇim pati antarā methunaṃ dhammaṃ nāssu gacchanti brāhmaṇā. || Sn_II,7.8 ||

292. Brahmacariyañ ca sīlañ ca ajjavaṃ maddavaṃ tapaṃ soraccaṃ avihiṃsañ ca khantiñ cāpi avaṇṇayaṃ. || Sn_II,7.9 ||

(052) 293. Yo nesaṃ paramo āsi brahmā {daḷhaparakkamo},

sa vāpi methunaṃ dhammaṃ supinantena nāgamā. || Sn_II,7.10 ||

294. Tassa vattam anusikkhantā idh’ eke viññujātikā brahmacariyañ ca sīlañ ca khantiñ cāpi avaṇṇayuṃ. || Sn_II,7.11 ||

295. Taṇḍulaṃ sayanaṃ vatthaṃ sappitelañ ca yāciya dhammena samudānetvā tato yaññam akappayaṃ,

upaṭṭhitasmiṃ yaññasmiṃ nāssu gāvo haniṃsu te. || Sn_II,7.12 ||

296. ‘Yathā mātā pitā bhātā aññe vā pi ca ñātakā gāvo no paramā mittā, yāsu jāyanti osadhā, || Sn_II,7.13 ||

[F._53] 297. annadā baladā c’ etā vaṇṇadā sukhadā tathā'

etam atthavasaṃ ñatvā nāssu gāvo haniṃsu te. || Sn_II,7.14 ||

298. Sukhumālā mahākāyā vaṇṇavanto yasassino brāhmaṇā sehi dhammehi kiccākiccesu ussukā,

yāva loke avattiṃsu, sukham edhittha ayam pajā. || Sn_II,7.15 ||

299. Tesaṃ āsi vipallāso: disvāna aṇuto aṇuṃ rājino ca viyākāraṃ nariyo ca samalaṃkatā || Sn_II,7.16 ||

300. rathe cājaññasaṃyutte sukate cittasibbane nivesane nivese ca vibhatte bhāgaso mite || Sn_II,7.17 ||

301. gomaṇḍalaparibbūḷhaṃ nārīvaragaṇāyutaṃ uḷāraṃ mānusaṃ bhogaṃ abhijjhāyiṃsu brāhmaṇā. || Sn_II,7.18 ||

302. Te tattha mante ganthetvā Okkākaṃ tad upāgamuṃ:|

(053) "pahūtadhanadhañño si,

yajassu, bahu te vittaṃ, yajassu, bahu te dhanaṃ". || Sn_II,7.19 ||

303. Tato ca rājā saññatto brāhmaṇehi rathesabho assamedhaṃ purisamedhaṃ sammāpāsaṃ [F._54] vācapeyyaṃ niraggaḷaṃ,

ete yāge yajitvāna brāhmaṇānaṃ adā dhanaṃ: || Sn_II,7.20 ||

304. gāvo sayanañ ca vatthañ ca nariyo ca samalaṃkatā rathe cājaññasaṃyutte sukate cittasibbane, || Sn_II,7.21 ||

305. nivesanāni rammāni suvibhattāni bhāgaso nānādhaññassa pūretvā brāhmaṇānaṃ adā dhanaṃ. || Sn_II,7.22 ||

306. Te ca tattha dhanaṃ laddhā sannidhiṃ samarocayuṃ,

tesaṃ icchāvatiṇṇānaṃ bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhatha,

te tattha mante ganthetvā Okkākaṃ punam {upāgamuṃ:}8 || Sn_II,7.23 ||

307. "Yathā āpo ca paṭhavī ca hiraññaṃ dhanadhāniyaṃ,

evaṃ gāvo manussānaṃ, parikkhāro so hi pāṇinaṃ,

yajassu, bahu te vittaṃ, yajassu, bahu te {dhanaṃ"} || Sn_II,7.24 ||

308. Tato ca rājā saññatto brāhmaṇehi rathesabho nekā satasahassiyo gāvo yaññe aghātayi. || Sn_II,7.25 ||

309. Na pādā na visāṇena nāssu hiṃsanti kenaci gāvo eḷakasamānā [F._55] soratā kumbhadūhanā,

tā visāṇe gahetvāna rājā satthena ghātayi. || Sn_II,7.26 ||

(054) 310. Tato ca devā pitaro Indo asurarakkhasā "adhammo" iti pakkanduṃ, yaṃ satthaṃ nipatī gave. || Sn_II,7.27 ||

311. Tayo rogā pure āsuṃ: icchā, anasanañ, jarā,

pasūnañ ca samārambhā aṭṭhānavuti-m-āgamuṃ. || Sn_II,7.28 ||

312. Eso adhammo daṇḍānaṃ okkanto purāṇo ahū:

adūsikāyo haññanti dhammā dhaṃsenti yājakā. || Sn_II,7.29 ||

313. Evam eso aṇudhammo porāṇo viññugarahito,

yattha edisakaṃ passati, yājakaṃ garahatī jano. || Sn_II,7.30 ||

314. Evaṃ dhamme viyāpanne vibhinnā suddavessikā,

puthu vibhinnā khattiyā, pati bhariyā avamaññatha. || Sn_II,7.31 ||

315. Khattiyā brahmabandhū ca ye c’ aññe gottarakkhitā jātivādaṃ niraṃkatvā kāmānaṃ vasam upāgamun" ti. || Sn_II,7.32 ||

Evaṃ vatte te brāhmaṇamahāsālā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocaṃ: "abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, seyyathā pi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā (F._56)

ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintī’ ti, evam evaṃ bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.

Ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca

(055) bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsake no bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate" ti BRĀHMAṆADHAMMIKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

8. Nāvāsutta.

316. Yasmā hi dhammaṃ puriso {vijaññā},

Indaṃ va naṃ devatā pūjayeyya,

so pūjito tasmiṃ pasannacitto bahussuto pātukaroti dhammaṃ. || Sn_II,8.1 ||

317. Tad aṭṭhikatvāna nisamma dhīro dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjamāno viññū vibhāvī nipuṇo ca hoti,

yo tādisaṃ bhajati appamatto. || Sn_II,8.2 ||

318. Khuddañ ca bālaṃ upasevamāno anāgatatthañ ca bālaṃ usūyakañ ca idh’ eva dhammaṃ avibhāvayitvā avitiṇṇakaṃkho maraṇaṃ upeti. || Sn_II,8.3 ||

319. Yathā naro āpagaṃ otaritvā mahodikaṃ salilaṃ sīghasotaṃ,

so vuyhamāno anusotagāmī kiṃ so pare sakkhati tārayetuṃ, || Sn_II,8.4 ||

320. tath’ eva dhammaṃ avibhāvayitvā bahussutānaṃ anisāmay’ atthaṃ,

[F._57] sayaṃ ajānaṃ avitiṇṇakaṃkho kiṃ so pare sakkhati nijjhapetuṃ. || Sn_II,8.5 ||

(056) 321. Yathā pi nāvaṃ daḷham āruhitvā piyen’ arittena samaṅgibhūto,

so tāraye tattha bahū pi aññe tatrūpayaññū kusalo mutīmā, || Sn_II,8.6 ||

322. evam pi yo vedagu bhāvitatto bahussuto hoti avedhadhammo,

so kho pare nijjhapaye pajānaṃ sotāvadhānūpanisūpapanne. || Sn_II,8.7 ||

323. Tasmā have sappurisaṃ bhajetha medhāvinañ c’ eva bahussutañ ca,

aññāya atthaṃ paṭipajjamāno viññātadhammo so sukhaṃ labhethā ti || Sn_II,8.8 ||

NĀVĀSUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

9. Kiṃsīlasutta.

324. "Kiṃsīlo kiṃsamācāro kāni kammāni brūhayaṃ naro sammāviviṭṭh’ assa uttamatthañ ca pāpuṇe". || Sn_II,9.1 ||

325. "Vaddhāpacāyī anusuyyako siyā,

kālaññu c’ assa garunaṃ dassanāya,

dhammiṃ kathaṃ erayitaṃ khaṇaññū suṇeyya sakkacca subhāsitāni. || Sn_II,9.2 ||

326. Kālena gacche garunaṃ sakāsaṃ thambhaṃ niraṃkatvā nivātavutti,|

(057) [F._58] atthaṃ dhammaṃ saññamaṃ brahmacariyaṃ anussare c’ eva samācare ca. || Sn_II,9.3 ||

327. Dhammārāmo dhammarato dhamme ṭhito dhammavinicchayaññū n’ evācare dhammasandosavādaṃ tacchehi niyyetha subhāsitehi. || Sn_II,9.4 ||

328. Hassaṃ jappaṃ paridevaṃ padosaṃ māyākataṃ kuhanaṃ giddhimānaṃ sārambha7-kakkassa8-kasāva9-mucchaṃ hitvā care vītamado ṭhitatto. || Sn_II,9.5 ||

329. Viññātasārāni subhāsitāni,

sutañ ca viññātaṃ samādhisāraṃ, --

na tassa paññā ca sutañ ca vaḍḍhati,

yo sāhaso hoti naro pamatto. || Sn_II,9.6 ||

330. Dhamme ca ye ariyapavedite ratā anuttarā te vacasā manasā kammanā ca,

te santi-soracca-samādhisaṇṭhitā sutassa paññāya ca sāram ajjhagū" ti || Sn_II,9.7 ||

KIṂSĪLASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

10. Uṭṭhānasutta.

331. Uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo,

[F._59] āturānaṃ hi kā niddā sallaviddhāna ruppataṃ. || Sn_II,10.1 ||

(058) 332. Uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha daḷhaṃ sikkhatha santiyā,

mā vo pamatte viññāya maccurājā amohayittha vasānuge. || Sn_II,10.2 ||

333. Yāya devā manussā ca sitā tiṭṭhanti atthikā,

tarath’ etaṃ visattikaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā,

khaṇātītā hi socanti nirayamhi samappitā. || Sn_II,10.3 ||

334. Pamādo rajo . . ., pamādānupatito rajo:

appamādena vijjāya abbahe sallam attano ti || Sn_II,10.4 ||

UṬṬHĀNASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

11. Rāhulasutta.

335. "Kacci{9} abhiṇhasaṃvāsā{10} nāvajānāsi paṇḍitaṃ,

ukkādhāro{11} manussānaṃ kacci{9} apacito{12} tayā", || Sn_II,11.1 ||

336. "Nāhaṃ abhiṇhasaṃvāsā{10} avajānāmi paṇḍitaṃ,

ukkādhāro{11} manussānaṃ niccaṃ apacito{12} mayā",

Vatthugāthā{13} || Sn_II,11.2 ||

[F._60] 337. "Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā piyarūpe manorame saddhāya gharā nikkhamma dukkhass’ antakaro{14}

bhava. || Sn_II,11.3 ||

338. Mitte bhajassu kalyāṇe pantañ{15} ca sayanāsanaṃ vivittaṃ appanigghosaṃ, mattaññū hohi bhojane, || Sn_II,11.4 ||

(059) 339. cīvare piṇḍapāte ca paccaye sayanāsane1 -

etesu taṇhaṃ mā kāsi, mā lokaṃ punar āgami. || Sn_II,11.5 ||

340. Saṃvuto pātimokkhasmiṃ indriyesu ca pañcasu,

satī kāyagatā ty-atthu, nibbidābahulo bhava. || Sn_II,11.6 ||

341. Nimittaṃ parivajjehi subhaṃ rāgūpasaṃhitaṃ,

asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ, || Sn_II,11.7 ||

342. animittañ ca bhāvehi, mānānusayam ujjaha:

tato mānābhisamayā upasanto carissasī" ti. || Sn_II,11.8 ||

Itthaṃ sudaṃ Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Rāhulaṃ imāhi gāthāhi abhiṇhaṃ ovadatī ti RĀHULASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._61] 12. Vaṅgīsasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa upajjhāyo Nigrodhakappo nāma thero Aggāḷave cetiye aciraparinibbuto hoti.

Atha kho āyasmato Vaṅgīsassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘parinibbuto nu kho me upājjhāyo udāhu no parinibbuto’ ti.

Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekaman-

(060) taṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘parinibbuto nu kho me upajjhāyo udāhu no parinibbuto"’ ti.

Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāssanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā yena Bhagavā ten’ añjalim paṇāmitvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāyā ajjhabhāsi:

343. 6"Pucchāma Satthāraṃ anomapaññaṃ,

diṭṭhe va dhamme yo vicikicchānaṃ chettā:

Aggāḷave kālam akāsi bhikkhu ñāto yasassī abhinibbutatto. || Sn_II,12.1 ||

344. Nibrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṃ tayā kataṃ Bhagavā brāhmaṇassa,

so taṃ namassaṃ acari mutyapekho āraddhaviriyo daḷhadhammadassī. || Sn_II,12.2 ||

345. Taṃ sāvakaṃ Sakka mayam pi sabbe aññātum icchāma sumantacakkhu,

samavaṭṭhitā no savanāya sotā,

tuvan no satthā, tvam anuttaro si. || Sn_II,12.3 ||

[F._62] 346. Chind’ eva no vicikicchaṃ, brūhi m’ etaṃ,

parinibbutaṃ vedaya bhūripañña,

majjhe va no bhāsa samantacakkhu Sakko va devānaṃ sahassanetto. || Sn_II,12.4 ||

347. Ye keci ganthā idha mohamaggā aññāṇapakkhā vicikicchaṭhānā|

(061) Tathāgataṃ patvā na te bhavanti,

cakkhuṃ hi etaṃ paramaṃ narānaṃ. || Sn_II,12.5 ||

348. No ce hi jātu puriso kilese vāto yathā abbhaghanaṃ vihāne,

tamo v’ assa nivuto sabbaloko,

na jotimanto pi narā tapeyyuṃ. || Sn_II,12.6 ||

349. Dhīrā ca pajjotakarā bhavanti,

taṃ taṃ ahaṃ dhīra tath’ eva maññe,

vipassinaṃ jānam upāgamamha:

parisāsu no āvikarohi Kappaṃ. || Sn_II,12.7 ||

350. Khippaṃ giraṃ eraya vagguvagguṃ haṃsā va paggayha saṇiṃ nikūja bindussarena suvikappitena sabbe va te ujjugatā suṇoma. || Sn_II,12.8 ||

351. Pahīnajātimaraṇaṃ asesaṃ niggayha dhonaṃ vadessāmi dhammaṃ,

na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṃ saṃkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānaṃ. || Sn_II,12.9 ||

352. Sampannaveyyākaraṇan tava-y-idaṃ samujjupaññassa samuggahītaṃ,

ayam añjalī pacchimo suppaṇāmito,

mā mohayi jānam anomapañña. || Sn_II,12.10 ||

[F._63.] 353. Parovaraṃ ariyadhammaṃ viditvā mā mohayi jānam anomaviriya, |

(062) vāriṃ yathā ghammani ghammatatto vācābhikaṃkhāmi sutassavassa. || Sn_II,12.11 ||

354. Yadatthiyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ acāri Kappāyano, kacci 'ssa taṃ amoghaṃ,

nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso,

yathā vimutto ahu taṃ suṇāma". || Sn_II,12.12 ||

355. "Acchecchi tanhaṃ idha nāmarūpe ti Bhagavā Kaṇhassa sotaṃ dīgharattānusayitaṃ,

atāri jātimaraṇaṃ asesaṃ" --

icc-abravī Bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho. || Sn_II,12.13 ||

356. {"Esa}12 sutvā pasīdāmi vaco te isisattama,

amoghaṃ kira me puṭṭhaṃ, na maṃ vañcesi brāhmaṇo. || Sn_II,12.14 ||

357. Yathāvādī tathākārī ahū Buddhassa sāvako,

acchidā Maccuno jālaṃ tataṃ māyāvino daḷhaṃ. || Sn_II,12.15 ||

358. Addasa Bhagavā ādiṃ upādānassa Kappiyo,

accagā vata Kappāyano maccudheyyaṃ {suduttaran"}ti || Sn_II,12.16 ||

VAṄGĪSASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(063) [F._64] 13. Sammāparibbājaniyasutta.

359. "Pucchāmi muniṃ pahūtapaññaṃ tiṇṇam pāragataṃ parinibbutaṃ ṭhitattaṃ:

nikkhamma gharā panujja kāme kathaṃ bhikkhu sammā so loke paribbajeyya". || Sn_II,13.1 ||

360. "Yassa maṅgalā samūhatā ti Bhagavā uppādā supinā ca lakkhaṇā ca,

sa maṅgaladosavippahīno bhikkhu sammā so loke paribbajeyya. || Sn_II,13.2 ||

361. Rāgaṃ vinayetha nānusesu dibbesu kāmesu cāpi {bhikkhu},

atikkamma bhavaṃ samecca dhammaṃ sammā so loke paribbajeyya. || Sn_II,13.3 ||

362. Vipiṭṭhikatvā pesuṇāni kodhaṃ kadariyam jaheyya bhikkhu,

anurodhavirodhavippahīno sammā so --pe--. || Sn_II,13.4 ||

363. Hitvāna pivañ ca appiyañ ca anupādāya anissito kuhiñci saṃyojaniyehi vippamutto sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.5 ||

364. Na so upadhīsu sāram eti,

ādānesu vineyya chandarāgaṃ so anissito anaññaneyyo,

sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.6 ||

(064) 365. Vacasā manasā ca kammanā ca aviruddho sammā viditvā dhamman nibbānapadābhipatthayāno sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.7 ||

[F._65] 366. Yo ‘vandati man’ ti na uṇṇameyya akkuṭṭho pi na sandhiyetha bhikkhu laddhā parabhojanaṃ na majje,

sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.8 ||

367. Lobhañ ca bhavañ ca vippahāya virato chedanabandhanāto bhikkhu so tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo,

sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.9 ||

368. Sāruppam attano viditvā na ca bhikkhu hiṃseyya kañci loke,

yathātathiyaṃ viditvā dhammaṃ sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.10 ||

369. Yassānusayā na santi keci,

mūlā akusalā samūhatāse,

so nirāsayo anāsasāno,

sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.11 ||

(065) 370. Āsavakhīṇo pahīnamāno sabbaṃ rāgapathaṃ upātivatto danto parinibbuto ṭhitatto sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.12 ||

371. Saddho sutavā niyāmadassī vaggagatesu na vaggasāri dhīro lobhaṃ dosaṃ vineyya paṭighaṃ sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.13 ||

372. Saṃsuddhajino vivattacchaddo dhammesu vasī pāragū anejo saṃkhāranirodhañāṇakusalo sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.14 ||

[F._66] 373. Atītesu anāgatesu cāpi kappātīto aticca suddhipañño sabbāyatanehi vippamutto sammā so . . . || Sn_II,13.15 ||

374. Aññāya padaṃ samecca dhammaṃ vivaṭaṃ disvāna pahānam āsavānaṃ sabbūpadhīnaṃ parikkhayā sammā so loke paribbajeyya". || Sn_II,13.16 ||

375. "Addhā hi Bhagavā tath’ eva etaṃ:

yo so evaṃvihāri danto bhikkhu | (066) sabbasaṃyojaniye ca vītivatto, sammā so loke paribbajeyyā" ti || Sn_II,13.17 ||

SAMMĀPARIBBĀJANIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

14. Dhammikasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho Dhammiko upāsako pañcahi upāsakasatehi saddhiṃ yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Dhammiko upāsako Bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

376. "Pucchāmi taṃ Gotama bhūripañña:

kathaṃkaro sāvako sādhu hoti,

yo vā agārā anagāram eti agārino vā pan’ upāsakāse. || Sn_II,14.1 ||

377. Tuvaṃ hi lokassa sadevakassa gatiṃ pajānāsi parāyanañ ca:

[F._67] na t’ atthi tulyo nipuṇatthadassī,

tuvaṃ hi Buddhaṃ pavaraṃ vadanti. || Sn_II,14.2 ||

378. Sabbaṃ tuvaṃ ñāṇam avecca dhammaṃ pakāsesi satte anukampamāno,

vivattacchaddāsi samantacakkhu,

virocasi vimalo sabbaloke. || Sn_II,14.3 ||

(067) 379. Āgacchi te santike nāgarājā Erāvaṇo nāma ‘Jino’ ti sutvā,

so pi tayā mantayitvājjhagamā ‘sādhū’ ti sutvāna patītarūpo. || Sn_II,14.4 ||

380. Rājā pi taṃ Vessavaṇo Kuvero upeti dhammaṃ paripucchamāno,

tassāpi tvaṃ pucchito brūsi dhīra,

so cāpi sutvāna patītarūpo. || Sn_II,14.5 ||

381. Ye kec’ ime titthiyā vādasīlā,

ājīvikā vā yadi vā nigaṇṭhā,

paññāya taṃ nātitaranti sabbe ṭhito vajantaṃ viya sīghagāmiṃ. || Sn_II,14.6 ||

382. Ye kec’ ime brāhmaṇā vādasīlā vuddhā cāpi brāhmaṇā santi keci,

sabbe tayi atthabaddhā bhavanti,

ye vā pi c’ aññe vādino maññamānā. || Sn_II,14.7 ||

383. Ayaṃ hi dhammo nipuṇo sukho ca,

yo 'yaṃ tayā Bhagavā suppavutto,

tam eva sabbe sussūsamānā,

tvan no vada pucchito baddhaseṭṭha. || Sn_II,14.8 ||

384. Sabbe c’ ime bhikkhavo sannisinnā upāsakā cāpi tath’ eva sotuṃ saṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ subhāsitaṃ Vāsavasseva devā". || Sn_II,14.9 ||

[F._68] 385. "Suṇātha me bhikkhavo, sāvayāmi vo dhammaṃ dhutaṃ, tañ ca dharātha sabbe,|

(068) iriyāpathaṃ pabbajitānulomikaṃ sevetha naṃ atthadassī mutīmā. || Sn_II,14.10 ||

386. Na ve vikāle vicareyya bhikkhu,

gāmañ ca piṇḍāya careyya kāle,

akālacāriṃ hi sajanti saṅgā,

tasmā vikāle na caranti buddhā. || Sn_II,14.11 ||

387. Rūpā ca saddā ca rasā ca gandhā phassā ca ye sammadayanti satte,

etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ kālena so pavise pātarāsaṃ. || Sn_II,14.12 ||

388. Piṇḍañ ca bhikkhu samayena laddhā eko paṭikkamma raho nisīde,

ajjhattacinti na mano bahiddhā nicchāraye saṅgahītattabhāvo. || Sn_II,14.13 ||

389. Sace pi so sallape sāvakena aññena vā kenaci bhikkhunā vā,

dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ tam udāhareyya na pesuṇaṃ no pi parūpavādaṃ. || Sn_II,14.14 ||

390. Vādaṃ hi eke paṭiseniyanti,

na te pasaṃsāma parittapaññe,

tato tato ne pasajanti saṅgā,

cittaṃ hi te tattha gamenti dūre. || Sn_II,14.15 ||

391. Piṇḍaṃ vihāraṃ sayanāsanañ ca āpañ ca saṃghāṭirajūpavāhanaṃ sutvāna dhammaṃ Sugatena desitaṃ saṃkhāya seve varapaññasāvako. || Sn_II,14.16 ||

[F._69] 392. Tasmā hi piṇḍe sayanāsane ca āpe ca saṃghāṭirajūpavābane, --|

(069) etesu dhammesu anūpalitto bhikkhu yathā pokkhare vāribindu. || Sn_II,14.17 ||

393. Gahaṭṭhavattaṃ pana vo vadāmi,

yathākaro sāvako sādhu hoti,

na h’ eso labbhā sapariggahena phassetuṃ yo kevalo bhikkhudhammo. || Sn_II,14.18 ||

394. Pāṇaṃ na hane, na ca ghātayeyya,

na cānujaññā hanataṃ paresaṃ, --

sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ,

ye thāvarā ye ca tasanti loke. || Sn_II,14.19 ||

395. Tato adinnaṃ parivajjayeyya kiñci kvaci sāvako bujjhamāno,

na hāraye, harataṃ nānujaññā:

sabbaṃ adinnaṃ parivajjayeyya. || Sn_II,14.20 ||

396. Abrahmacariyaṃ parivajjayeyya aṅgārakāsuṃ jalitaṃ va viññū,

asambhuṇanto pana brahmacariyaṃ parassa dāraṃ nātikkameyya. || Sn_II,14.21 ||

397. Sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ekassa v’ eko na musā bhaṇeyya,

na bhāṇaye, bhaṇataṃ nānujaññā:

sabbaṃ abhūtaṃ parivajjayeyya. || Sn_II,14.22 ||

398. Majjañ ca pānaṃ na samācareyya,

dhammaṃ imaṃ rocaye yo gahaṭṭho,

na pāyaye, pipataṃ nānujaññā ‘ummādanantaṃ’ iti naṃ viditvā. || Sn_II,14.23 ||

399. Madā hi pāpāni karonti bālā,

kārenti c’ aññe pi jane pamatte, |

(070) [F._70] etaṃ apuññāyatanaṃ vivajjaye ummādanaṃ mohanaṃ bālakantaṃ. || Sn_II,14.24 ||

400. Pāṇaṃ na hane, na cādinnam ādiye,

musā na bhāse, na ca majjapo siyā,

abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā,

rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ, || Sn_II,14.25 ||

401. mālaṃ na dhāraye na ca gandham ācare,

mañce chamāyaṃ va sayetha santhate, -

etaṃ hi aṭṭhaṅgikam āh’ uposathaṃ Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṃ. || Sn_II,14.26 ||

402. Tato ca pakkhass’ upavass’ uposathaṃ cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiñ ca aṭṭhamiṃ pāṭihāriyapakkhañ ca pasannamānaso aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ susamattarūpaṃ. || Sn_II,14.27 ||

403. Tato ca pāto upavutthuposatho annena pānena ca bhikkhusaṃghaṃ pasannacitto anumodamāno yathārahaṃ saṃvibhajetha viññū. || Sn_II,14.28 ||

404. Dhammena mātāpitaro bhareyya payojaye dhammikaṃ so vaṇijjaṃ,

etaṃ gihī vattayaṃ appamatto Sayampabhe nāma upeti deve" ti || Sn_II,14.29 ||

DHAMMIKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(071) Cūlavaggo dutiyo.

Tassa vaggassa {uddānaṃ}:

Ratanaṃ Āmagandhañ ca Hiriñ ca Maṅgaluttamaṃ Sūcilomo Dhammacariyā puna Brāhmaṇadhammikaṃ Nāvā-ca suttaṃ Kiṃsīlaṃ Uṭṭhānaṃ atha Rāhulo Kappo ca Paribbājo Dhammiko ca punāparaṃ, cuddas’ etāni suttāni Cūḷavaggo ti vuccati.

(072) [F._71] III. MAHĀVAGGA.

1. Pabbajjāsutta.

405. Pabbajjaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā pabbaji cakkhumā,

yathā vīmaṃsamāno so pabbajjaṃ samarocayi, || Sn_III,1.1 ||

406. ‘Sambādho 'yaṃ gharāvāso rajassāyatanam’ iti ‘abbhokāso ca pabbajjā’ iti disvāna pabbaji, || Sn_III,1.2 ||

407. pabbajitvāna kāyena pāpakammaṃ {vivajjayi}

vacīduccaritaṃ hitvā ājīvaṃ parisodhayi. || Sn_III,1.3 ||

408. Agamā Rājagahaṃ Buddho Magadhānaṃ Giribbajaṃ,

piṇḍāya abhihāresi ākiṇṇavaralakkhaṇo. || Sn_III,1.4 ||

409. Tam addasā Bimbisāro pāsādasmiṃ patiṭṭhito,

disvā lakkhaṇasampannaṃ imam atthaṃ abhāsatha: || Sn_III,1.5 ||

410. "Imaṃ bhonto nisāmetha: abhirūpo brahā suci caraṇena c’ eva sampanno, yugamattañ ca pekkhati || Sn_III,1.6 ||

[F._72] 411. okkhittacakkhu satimā, nāyaṃ nīcakulā-m-iva.

Rājadūtā vidhāvantu, kuhiṃ bhikkhu gamissati". || Sn_III,1.7 ||

412. Te pesitā rājadūtā piṭṭhito anubandhisuṃ:

‘kuhiṃ gamissati bhikkhu, katthavāso bhavissati.’ || Sn_III,1.8 ||

413. Sapadānañ caramāno guttadvāro susaṃvuto khippaṃ pattaṃ apūresi sampajāno patissato. || Sn_III,1.9 ||

(073) 414. Sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā nikkhamma nagarā muni Paṇḍavaṃ abhihāresi, etthavāso bhavissati. || Sn_III,1.10 ||

415. Disvāna vāsūpagataṃ tato dūtā upāvisuṃ,

eko ca dūto āgantvā rājino paṭivedayi:7 || Sn_III,1.11 ||

416. "Esa bhikkhu mahārāja Paṇḍavassa puratthato nisinno vyagghusabho va sīho va girigabbhare". || Sn_III,1.12 ||

417. Sutvāna dūtavacanaṃ bhaddayānena khattiyo taramānarūpo niyyāsi yena Paṇḍavapabbato. || Sn_III,1.13 ||

[F._73] 418. Sa yānabhūmiṃ yāyitvā yānā oruyha khattiyo pattiko upasaṃkamma āsajja naṃ upāvisi. || Sn_III,1.14 ||

419. Nisajja rājā sammodi kathaṃ sārāṇiyaṃ tato,

kathaṃ so vītisāretvā imam atthaṃ abhāsatha: || Sn_III,1.15 ||

420. "Yuvā ca daharo cāsi paṭhamuppattiko susu vaṇṇārohena sampanno jātimā viya khattiyo || Sn_III,1.16 ||

421. sobhayanto anīkaggaṃ nāgasaṃghapurakkhato,

dadāmi bhoge, bhuñjassu, jātiṃ c’ akkhāhi pucchito". || Sn_III,1.17 ||

422. "Ujuṃ janapado rāja Himavantassa passato dhanaviriyena sampanno Kosalesu niketino. || Sn_III,1.18 ||

(074) 423. Ādiccā nāma gottena, Sākiyā nāma jātiyā,

tamhā kulā pabbajito 'mhi rāja na kāme abhipatthayaṃ -- || Sn_III,1.19 ||

424. Kāmesv-ādīnavaṃ disvā nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato [F._74] padhānāya gamissāmi, ettha me rañjatī mano" ti || Sn_III,1.20 ||

PABBAJJĀSUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

2. Padhānasutta.

425. Tam maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ nadiṃ Nerañjaram pati viparakkamma jhāyantaṃ yogakkhemassa pattiyā || Sn_III,2.1 ||

426. Namucī karuṇaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamāno upāgami:

"kiso tvam asi dubbaṇṇo, santike maraṇan tava. || Sn_III,2.2 ||

427. Sahassabhāgo maraṇassa, ekaṃso tava jīvitaṃ,

jīva bho, jīvitaṃ seyyo, jīvaṃ puññāni kāhasi. || Sn_III,2.3 ||

(075) 428. Carato ca te brahmacariyaṃ aggihuttañ ca jūhato pahūtaṃ cīyate puññaṃ, kiṃ padhānena kāhasi. || Sn_III,2.4 ||

429. Duggo maggo padhānāya dukkaro durabhisambhavo",

imā gāthā bhaṇaṃ Māro aṭṭhā Buddhassa santike. || Sn_III,2.5 ||

[F._75] 430. Taṃ tathāvādinaṃ Māraṃ Bhagavā etad abravi:

"pamattabandhu pāpimā, yen’ atthena {idhāgato}, || Sn_III,2.6 ||

431. aṇumattena pi puññena attho mayhaṃ na vijjati,

yesañ ca attho puññānaṃ, te Māro vattum arahati. || Sn_III,2.7 ||

432. Atthi saddhā tato viriyaṃ, paññā ca mama {vijjati},

evaṃ maṃ pahitattaṃ (pi)12 kiṃ jīvam anupucchasi. || Sn_III,2.8 ||

433. Nadīnam api sotāni {ayaṃ} vāto visosaye,

kiñ ca me pahitattassa lohitaṃ nūpasussaye. || Sn_III,2.9 ||

434. Lohite sussamānamhi pittaṃ semhañ ca sussati,

maṃsesu khīyamānesu bhiyyo cittaṃ pasīdati,

bhiyyo sati ca paññā ca samādhi mama tiṭṭhati. || Sn_III,2.10 ||

435. Tassa m’ evaṃ viharato pattass’ uttamavedanaṃ kāmesu nāpekhate cittaṃ, passa sattassa suddhatam. || Sn_III,2.11 ||

(076) 436. Kāmā te paṭhamā senā, dutiyā arati vuccati,

[F._76] tatiyā khuppipāsā te, catutthī taṇhā pavuccati, || Sn_III,2.12 ||

437. pañcamī thīnamiddhaṃ te, {chaṭṭhā bhīrū}6 pavuccati,

sattamī vicikicchā te, makkho thambho te aṭṭhamo, || Sn_III,2.13 ||

438. lābho siloko sakkāro micchāladdho ca yo yaso,

yo c’ attānaṃ samukkaṃse pare ca avajānati, || Sn_III,2.14 ||

439. esa Namuci te senā Kaṇhassābhippahāraṇī,

na naṃ arūro jināti, jetvā ca labhate sukhaṃ. || Sn_III,2.15 ||

440. Esa muñjaṃ parihare, dhi-r-atthu idha jīvitaṃ,

saṅgāme me mataṃ seyyo, yañce jīve parājito. || Sn_III,2.16 ||

441. Pagāḷhā ettha na dissanti eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā,

tañ ca maggaṃ na jānanti, yena gacchanti subbatā. || Sn_III,2.17 ||

442. Samantā dhajiniṃ disvā yuttaṃ Māraṃ savāhanaṃ yuddhāya paccuggacchāmi, mā maṃ {ṭhānā} acāvayi. || Sn_III,2.18 ||

[F._77] 443. Yaṃ te taṃ na-ppasahati senaṃ loko sadevako,|

(077) taṃ te paññāya gacchāmi āmaṃ pattaṃ va amhanā. || Sn_III,2.19 ||

444. Vasiṃkaritvā saṃkappaṃ satiñ ca suppatiṭṭhitaṃ raṭṭhā raṭṭhaṃ vicarissaṃ sāvake vinayaṃ puthu. || Sn_III,2.20 ||

445. Te appamattā pahitattā mama sāsanakārakā akāmassa te gamissanti, yattha gantvā na socare". || Sn_III,2.21 ||

446. "Satta vassāni Bhagavantaṃ anubandhiṃ padā padaṃ,

otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ Sambuddhassa satīmato. || Sn_III,2.22 ||

447. Medavaṇṇaṃ va pāsāṇaṃ vāyaso anupariyagā:

‘ap’ ettha mudu vindema, api assādanā siyā,’ || Sn_III,2.23 ||

448. Aladdhā tattha assādaṃ vāyas’ etto apakkami, --

kāko va selaṃ āsajja nibbijjāpema Gotamaṃ". || Sn_III,2.24 ||

(078) 449. Tassa sokaparetassa vīṇā kacchā abhassatha,

[F._78] tato so dummano yakkho tatth’ ev’ antaradhāyathā ti || Sn_III,2.25 ||

PADHĀNASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

3. Subhāsitasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane --pe--.2 Bhagavā etad avoca: "catūhi bhikkhave aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti na dubbhāsitā anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnaṃ, katamehi catūhi3: idha bhikkhave bhikkhu subhāsitañ ñeva bhāsati no dubbhāsitaṃ, dhammañ ñeva bhāsati no adhammaṃ, piyañ ñeva bhāsati no appiyaṃ, saccañ ñeva bhāsati no alikaṃ.

Imehi kho bhikkhave catūhi aṅgehi samannāgatā vācā subbāsitā hoti na dubbhāsitā anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca viññūnan" ti.

Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

450. "Subhāsitaṃ uttamam āhu santo,

dhammaṃ bhaṇe nādhammaṃ, taṃ dutiyaṃ,

piyaṃ bhaṇe nāppiyaṃ, taṃ tatiyaṃ,

saccaṃ bhaṇe nālikaṃ, taṃ catutthaṃ" ti. || Sn_III,3.1 ||

(079) Atha kho āyasmā Vaṅgīso uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā yena Bhagavā ten’ añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "paṭibhāti maṃ Sugatā" ti. "Paṭibhātu taṃ Vaṅgīsā’ ti Bhagavā avoca.

Atha kho [F._79] āyasmā Vaṅgīso Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:

451. {"2Tam} eva vācaṃ bhāseyya, yāy’ attānaṃ na tāpaye pare ca na vihiṃseyya, sā ve vācā subhāsitā. || Sn_III,3.2 ||

452. Piyavācam eva bhāseyya, yā vācā patinanditā,

yaṃ anādāya pāpāni paresaṃ bhāsate piyaṃ. || Sn_III,3.3 ||

453. Saccaṃ ve amatā vācā, esa dhammo sanantano,

sacce atthe ca dhamme ca, āhu, santo patiṭṭhitā. || Sn_III,3.4 ||

454. Yam Buddho bhāsatī vācaṃ khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā dukkhass’ antakiriyāya, sā ve vācānam uttamā" ti || Sn_III,3.5 ||

SUBHĀSITASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

4. Sundarikabhāradvājasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Sundarikāya nadiyā tīre.

Tena kho pana samayena Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Sundarikāya nadiyā tīre aggiṃ juhati aggihuttaṃ paricarati.

Atha kho Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo aggiṃ juhitvā aggihuttaṃ pari [F._80] caritvā uṭṭhāyāsanā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi:10 ‘ko nu kho imaṃ havyasesaṃ bhuñjeyyā’ ti.

Addasā kho Sundarikabhā-

(080) radvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle sasīsaṃ pārutaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna vāmena hatthena havyasesaṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena kamaṇḍaluṃ gahetvā yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami.

Atha kho Bhagavā Sundarikabhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa padasaddena sīsaṃ vivari.

Atha kho Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo ‘muṇḍo ayaṃ bhavaṃ, muṇḍako ayaṃ bhavan'

ti tato va puna nivattitukāmo ahosi.

Atha kho Sundarikabhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘muṇḍā pi hi idh’ ekacce brāhmaṇā bhavanti, yan nūnāhaṃ upasaṃkamitvā jātiṃ puccheyyan’ ti.

Atha kho Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami,

upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca: "kiṃjacco bhavan" ti.

Atha kho Bhagavā Sundarikabhāradvājaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhasi:

455. "Na brāhmaṇo no 'mhi na rājaputto,

na vessāyano uda koci no 'mhi,

gottaṃ pariññāya puthujjanānaṃ akiñcano manta carāmi loke. || Sn_III,4.1 ||

456. Saṃghāṭivāsī agiho carāmi nivuttakeso abhinibbutatto alippamāno idha mānavehi akalla maṃ brāhmaṇa pucchi gottapañhaṃ". || Sn_III,4.2 ||

(081) 457. "Pucchanti ve bho brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇehi saha ‘brāhmaṇo no bhavan’ ti".

[F._81] "Brāhmaṇo ce tvaṃ brūsi, mañ ca brāsi abrāhmaṇaṃ,

taṃ taṃ Sāvittiṃ pucchāmi tipadaṃ catuvīsatakkharaṃ". || Sn_III,4.3 ||

458. Kiṃnissitā isayo manujā khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ yaññam akappayiṃsu puthū idha loke".

"Ya-d-antagū vedagū yaññakāle yassāhutiṃ labhe, tass’ ijjhe ti brūmi". || Sn_III,4.4 ||

459. "Addhā hi tassa hutam ijjhe,

ti brāhmaṇo yaṃ tādisaṃ vedaguṃ addasāma,

tumhādisānaṃ hi adassanena añño jano bhuñjati pūraḷāsaṃ". || Sn_III,4.5 ||

460. "Tasmā ti ha tvaṃ brāhmaṇa atthena atthiko upasaṃkamma puccha:

santaṃ vidhūmaṃ anighaṃ nirāsaṃ app-ev’ idha adhivinde sumedhaṃ". || Sn_III,4.6 ||

461. "Yaññe ratāham bho Gotama yaññaṃ yaṭṭhukāmo,

nābaṃ pajānāmi, anusāsatu maṃ bhavaṃ,|

(082) yattha hutaṃ ijjhate, brūhi me taṃ".

"Tena hi tvaṃ brāhmaṇa odahassu sotaṃ,

dhammaṃ te desessāmi3: || Sn_III,4.7 ||

462. Mā jātiṃ puccha, caraṇañ ca puccha,

kaṭṭhā have jāyati jātavedo:

nīcākulīno pi munī dhitīmā ājāniyo hoti hirīnisedho9 || Sn_III,4.8 ||

[F._82] 463. saccena danto damasā upeto vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, --

kālena tamhi havyaṃ pavecche,

yo brāhmaṇo puññapekho yajetha. || Sn_III,4.9 ||

464. Ye kāme hitvā agihā caranti susaññatattā tasaraṃ va ujju,

kālema tesu havyaṃ pavecche,

yo brāhmaṇo puññapekho yajetha. || Sn_III,4.10 ||

465. Ye vītarāgā susamāhitindriyā cando va Rāhu-gahaṇā pamuttā,

kālena tesu --pe--. || Sn_III,4.11 ||

466. Asajjamānā vicaranti loke sadā satā hitvā mamāyitāni,

kālena tesu . . . || Sn_III,4.12 ||

467. Yo kāme hitvā abhibhuyyacāri,

yo vedi jātimaraṇassa antaṃ,|

(083) parinibbuto udakarahado va sīto,

tathāgato arahati pūraḷāsaṃ. || Sn_III,4.13 ||

468. Samo samehi visamehi dūre tathāgato hoti anantapañño anūpalitto idha vā huraṃ vā,

tathāgato arahati pūralāsaṃ. || Sn_III,4.14 ||

469. Yamhī na māyā vasatī na māno,

yo vītalobho amamo nirāso panuṇṇakodho abhinibbutatto,

so brāhmaṇo sokamalaṃ ahāsi, --

tathāgato --pe-- || Sn_III,4.15 ||

[F._83] 470. Nivesanaṃ yo manaso ahāsi,

pariggahā yassa na santi keci,

anupādiyāno idha vā huraṃ vā,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.16 ||

471. Samāhito yo udatāri oghaṃ dhammañ ca ñāsi paramāya diṭṭhiyā,

khīṇāsavo antimadehadhārī,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.17 ||

472. Bhavāsavā yassa vacī kharā ca vidhūpitā atthagatā na santi,

sa vedagū sabbadhi vippamutto, --

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.18 ||

473. 21Saṅgātigo yassa na santi saṅgā,

yo mānasattesu amānasatto|

(084) dukkhaṃ pariññāya sakhettavatthuṃ,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.19 ||

474. Āsaṃ anissāya vivekadassī paravediyaṃ diṭṭhim upātivatto,

ārammaṇā yassa na santi keci,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.20 ||

475. Parovarā yassa samecca dhammā vidhūpitā atthagatā na santi,

santo upādānakhaye vimutto,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.21 ||

476. Saṃyojanaṃjātikhayantadassī yo pānudi rāgapathaṃ asesaṃ,

suddho niddoso vimalo akāco,

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.22 ||

477. Yo attanā attānaṃ nanupassati samāhito ujjugato ṭhitatto,

[F._84] sa ve anejo akhilo akaṃkho, --

tathāgato . . . || Sn_III,4.23 ||

478. Mohantarā yassa na santi keci,

sabbesu dhammesu ca ñāṇadassī,

sarīrañ ca antimaṃ dhāreti,

patto (ca)15 sambodhi anuttaraṃ sivaṃ --

ettāvatā yakkhassa suddhi --

tathāgato arahati pūraḷāsaṃ". || Sn_III,4.24 ||

(085) 479. "Hutañ ca mayhaṃ hutam atthu saccaṃ,

yaṃ tādisaṃ vedagunaṃ alatthaṃ,

Brahmā hi sakkhi: patigaṇhātu me Bhagavā, bhuñjatu me Bhagavā pūraḷāsaṃ". || Sn_III,4.25 ||

480. "Gāthābhigītam me abhojaneyyaṃ,

sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n’ esa dhammo,

gāthābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā,

dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vuttir esā.6 || Sn_III,4.26 ||

481. Aññena ca kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ khīṇāsavaṃ kukkucavūpasantaṃ annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu,

khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekhassa hoti". || Sn_III,4.27 ||

482. "Sādhāhaṃ Bhagavā tathā vijaññaṃ,

yo dakkhiṇaṃ bhuñjeyya mādisassa,

yaṃ yaññakāle pariyesamāno pappuyya tava sāsanaṃ". || Sn_III,4.28 ||

483. "Sārambhā yassa vigatā, cittaṃ yassa anāvilaṃ,

vippamutto ca kāmehi, thīnaṃ yassa panūditaṃ, || Sn_III,4.29 ||

[F._85] 484. sīmantānaṃ vinetāraṃ jātimaraṇakovidaṃ muniṃ moneyyasampannaṃ tādisaṃ yaññam āgataṃ || Sn_III,4.30 ||

485. bhakuṭiṃ vinayitvāna pañjalikā namassatha,

pūjetha annapānena, -- evaṃ ijjhanti dakkhiṇā". || Sn_III,4.31 ||

(086) 486. "Buddho bhavaṃ arahati pūraḷāsaṃ puññakkhettam anuttaraṃ āyāgo sabbalokassa, bhoto kinnaṃ mahapphalan" ti. || Sn_III,4.32 ||

Atha kho Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama: seyyathā pi bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya,

‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintī’ ti, evam evam bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.

Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, labheyyāhaṃ bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan" ti.

Alattha kho Sundarikabhāradvājo brāhmaṇo --pe-- arahataṃ ahosī ti SUNDARIKABHĀRADVĀJASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._86] 5. Māghasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate.

Atha kho Māgho māṇavo yena Bhagavā ten'

upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi,

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vitisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Māgho māṇavo

(087) Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "ahaṃ hi bho Gotama dāyako dānapati vadaññū yācayogo, dhammena bhoge pariyesāmi,

dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā dhammaladdhehi bhogehi dhammādhigatehi ekassa pi dadāmi, dvinnam pi dadāmi,

tiṇṇam pi dadāmi, catunnam pi dadāmi, pañcannam pi dadāmi, channam pi dadāmi, sattannam pi dadāmi,

aṭṭhannam pi dadāmi, navannam pi dadāmi, dasannam pi dadāmi, vīsāya pi dadāmi, tiṃsāya pi dadāmi, cattārīsāya pi dadāmi (paññāsāya pi dadāmi), satassa pi dadāmi,

bhiyyo pi dadāmi, -- kaccāhaṃ bho Gotama evaṃ dadanto evaṃ yajanto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavāmī" ti. "Taggha tvaṃ mānava evaṃ dadanto evaṃ yajanto bahuṃ puññam pasavasi, yo kho māṇava dāyako kānapati vadaññū yācayogo dhammena bhoge pariyesati dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā dhammaladdhehi bhogehi dhammādhigatehi ekassa pi dadāti-pe-satassa pi dadāti bhiyyo pi dadāti,

bahuṃ so puññaṃ pasavatī" ti.

Atha kho Māgho māṇavo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

[F._87] 487. "Pucchām’ aham bho Gotamaṃ vadaññuṃ iti Māgho māṇavo kāsāyavāsiṃ agihaṃ carantaṃ:

yo yācayogo dānapatī gahaṭṭho puññatthiko yajati puññapekho|

(088) dadaṃ paresaṃ idha annapānaṃ,

kattha hutaṃ yajamānassa sujjhe". || Sn_III,5.1 ||

488. "Yo yācayogo dānapatī gahaṭṭho Māghā ti Bhagavā puññatthiko yajati puññapekho dadaṃ paresaṃ idha annapānaṃ,

ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyehi tādi". || Sn_III,5.2 ||

489. {"Yo} yācayogo dānapatī gahaṭṭho iti (Māgho) māṇavo puññatthiko yajati puññapekho dadaṃ paresaṃ idha annapānaṃ, --

akkhāhi me Bhagavā dakkhiṇeyye". || Sn_III,5.3 ||

490. "Ye ve asattā vicaranti loke akiñcanā kevalino yatattā,

kālena tesu havyaṃ pavecche,

yo brāhmaṇo puññapekho yajetha. || Sn_III,5.4 ||

491. Ye sabbasaṃyojanabandhanacchidā dantā vimuttā anighā nirāsā,

kālena tesu havyaṃ pavecche,

yo brāhmaṇo puññapekho yajetha. || Sn_III,5.5 ||

492. Ye sabbasaṃyojanavippamuttā dantā vimuttā anighā nirāsā,

kālena --pe--. || Sn_III,5.6 ||

493. Rāgañ ca dosañ ca pahāya mohaṃ khīṇāsavā vusitabrahmacariyā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.7 ||

[F._88] 494. Yesu na māyā vasatī na māno, |

(089) ye vītalobhā amamā nirāsā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.8 ||

495. Ye ve na taṇhāsu upātipannā vitareyya oghaṃ amamā caranti,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.9 ||

496. Yesan tu taṇhā n’ atthi kuhiñci loke bhavābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.10 ||

497. Ye kāme hitvā agihā caranti susaññatattā tasaraṃ va ujju,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.11 ||

498. Ye vītarāgā susamāhitindriyā cando va Rāhu-gahaṇā pamuttā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.12 ||

499. Samitāvino vītarāgā akopā,

yesaṅ gatī n’ atthi idha vippahāya,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.13 ||

500. Jahetvā jātimaraṇaṃ asesaṃ kathaṃkathaṃ sabbam upātivattā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.14 ||

501. Ye attadīpā vicaranti loke akiñcanā sabbadhi vippamuttā,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.15 ||

502. Ye h’ ettha jānanti yathātathā idaṃ:

‘ayam antimā, n’ atthi punabbhavo’ ti,

kālena . . . || Sn_III,5.16 ||

(090) 503. Yo vedagū jhānarato satīmā sambodhipatto saraṇaṃ bahunnaṃ,

[F._89] kālena tamhi havyaṃ pavecche,

yo brāhmaṇo puññapekho yajetha". || Sn_III,5.17 ||

504. "Addhā amoghā mama pucchanā ahū,

akkhāsi me Bhagavā dakkhineyye,

tvaṃ h’ ettha jānāsi yathātathā idaṃ,

tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo". || Sn_III,5.18 ||

505. "Yo yācayogo dānapatī gahaṭṭho iti Māgho māṇavo puññatthiko yajati puññapekho dadaṃ paresaṃ idha annapānaṃ, --

akkhāhi me Bhagavā yaññasampadaṃ". || Sn_III,5.19 ||

506. "Yajassu, yajamāno Māghā ti Bhagavā sabbattha vippasādehi cittaṃ:

ārammaṇaṃ yajamānassa yaññaṃ,

ettha patiṭṭhāya jahāti dosaṃ. || Sn_III,5.20 ||

507. So vītarāgo pavineyya dosaṃ mettaṃ cittaṃ bhāvayaṃ appamāṇaṃ rattiṃdivaṃ satataṃ appamatto sabbā disā pharate appamaññaṃ". || Sn_III,5.21 ||

508. "Ko sujjhati muccati bajjhatī ca,

ken’ attanā gacchati Brahmalokaṃ,

ajānato me muni brūhi puṭṭho,

Bhagavāhi me sakkhi Brahm’ ajja diṭṭho,|

(091) tvaṃ hi no Brahmasamo ti saccaṃ:

kathaṃ upapajjati Brahmalokaṃ jutīmā". || Sn_III,5.22 ||

509. "Yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ,

Māghā ti Bhagavā ārādhavye dakkhiṇeyyehi tādi,

[F._90] evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo upapajjati Brahmalokan ti brūmī" ti. || Sn_III,5.23 ||

Evaṃ vutte Māgho māṇavo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

"abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama --pe-- ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatan" ti MĀGHASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

6. Sabhiyasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.

Tena kho pana samayena Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa purāṇasālohitāya devatāya pañhā uddiṭṭhā honti: "yo te Sabhiya samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ime pañhe puṭṭho vyākaroti, tassa santike brahmacariyaṃ careyyāsī" ti.

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako tassā devatāya santike te pañhe uggahetvā, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṃghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā {yasassino} titthakarā

(092) sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathīdaṃ: Pūraṇo Kassapo Makkhali Gosālo Ajito Kesakambali Pakudho Kaccāyano Sañjayo Belaṭṭhiputto Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto, te upasaṃkamitvā te pañhe pucchati. Te Sabhiyena paribbājakena pañhe puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā kopañ ca dosañ ca appaccayañ ca pātukaronti, api ca Sabhiyañ ñeva paribbājakaṃ paṭipuc [F._91] chanti.

Atha kho Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi: ‘ye kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṃghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa,

seyyathīdaṃ: Pūraṇo Kassapo --pe-- Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto, te mayā pañhe puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā kopañ ca dosañ ca appaccayañ ca pātukaronti, api ca mañ ñev’ ettha paṭipucchanti:14 yan nūnāhaṃ hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjeyyan’ ti.

Atha kho Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi: ‘ayam pi samaṇo Gotamo saṅghī c’ eva gaṇī ca gaṇācariyo ca ñāto yasassī titthakaro sādhusammato bahujanassa: yan nūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ime pañhe puccheyyan’ ti.

Atha kho Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi: ‘ye pi kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā jiṇṇā vuddhā mahallakā addhagatā vayo anuppattā therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṃghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathīdaṃ: Pūraṇo Kassapo

(093) --pe-- Nigaṇṭho Nātaputto, te pi mayā pañhe puṭṭhā na sampāyanti, asampāyantā kopañ ca dosañ ca appaccayañ ca pātukaronti, api ca mañ ñev’ ettha paṭipucchanti, kiṃ pana me samaṇo Gotamo ime pañhe puṭṭho vyākarissati,

samaṇo hi Gotamo daharo c’ eva jātiyā navo ca pabbajjāyā' ti.

Atha kho Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi:

‘samaṇo kho ‘daharo’ ti na uññātabbo na paribhotabbo,

daharo pi ce samaṇo hoti, so ca hoti mahiddhiko mahānhubhāvo: yan nūnahaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ime pañhe puccheyyan’ ti.

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako [F._92]yena Rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, anupubbena cārikam caramāno yena Rājagahaṃ Veḷuvanaṃ Kalandakanivāpo yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sabhiyo paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:

510. "Kaṃkhī vecikicchī āgamaṃ iti Sabhiyo pañhe pucchitaṃ abhikaṃkhamano,

tes’ antakaro bhavāhi me,

pañhe me puṭṭho anupubbaṃ anudhammaṃ vyākarohi me". || Sn_III,6.1 ||

(094) 511. "Dūrato āgato si Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā pañhe pucchituṃ abhikaṃkhamāno,

tes’ antakaro bhavāmi te,

pañhe te puṭṭho anupubbam anudhammaṃ vyākaromi te.6 || Sn_III,6.2 ||

512. Puccha maṃ Sabhiya pañhaṃ, yaṃ kiñci manas’ icchasi,

tassa tass’ eva pañhassa ahaṃ antaṃ karomi te" ti. || Sn_III,6.3 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyassa paribbājakassa etad ahosi: ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, yaṃ vatāhaṃ aññesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu okāsamattam pi nālatthaṃ,

tam me idaṃ samaṇena Gotamena okāsakammaṃ katan'

ti attamano pamodito udaggo pītisomanassajāto Bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi:

513. "Kiṃpattinam āhu bhikkhunaṃ,

iti Sabhiyo sorata kena, kathañ ca dantam āhu,

buddho ti kathaṃ pavuccati,

puṭṭho me Bhagavā vyākarohi". || Sn_III,6.4 ||

(095) [F._93.] 514. "Pajjena katena attanā Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā parinibbānagato vitiṇṇakaṃkho vibhavañ ca bhavañ ca vippahāya vusitavā khīṇapunabbhavo sa bhikkhu. || Sn_III,6.5 ||

515. Sabbattha upekhako satīmā na so hiṃsati kañci sabbaloke tiṇṇo samano anāvilo,

ussadā yassa na santi, sorato so. || Sn_III,6.6 ||

516. Yass’ indriyāni bhāvitāni ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke,

nibbijjha imaṃ parañ ca lokaṃ kālaṃ kaṃkhati bhāvito, sa danto. || Sn_III,6.7 ||

517. Kappāni viceyya kevalāni saṃsāraṃ dubhayaṃ cutūpapātaṃ,

vigatarajam anaṅgaṇaṃ visuddhaṃ pattaṃ jātikkhayaṃ tam āhu buddhan" ti. || Sn_III,6.8 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā attamano pamodito udaggo pītisomanassajāto Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:

518. "Kiṃpattinaṃ āhu brāhmaṇaṃ,

iti Sabhiyo samaṇaṃ kena, kathañ ca nhātako ti,|

(096) nāgo ti kathaṃ pavuccati,

puṭṭho me Bhagavā vyākarohi". || Sn_III,6.9 ||

519. "Bāhetvā sabbapāpakāni Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā vimalo sādhusamāhito ṭhitatto saṃsāram aticca kevalī so,

asito tādi pavuccate (sa) brahmā. || Sn_III,6.10 ||

[F._94] 520. Samitāvi pahāya puññapāpaṃ virajo ñatvā imaṃ parañ ca lokaṃ jātimaraṇaṃ upātivatto samaṇo tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.11 ||

521. Ninhāya sabbapāpakāni ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke devamanussesu kappiyesu kappan n’ eti, tam āhu nhātako ti. || Sn_III,6.12 ||

522. Āguṃ na karoti kiñci loke,

sabbasaṃyoge vissajja bandhanāni sabbattha na sajjati vimutto,

nāgo tādi pavuccate tathattā" ti. || Sn_III,6.13 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako --pe-- Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:

523. "Kaṃ khettajinaṃ vadanti buddhā,

iti Sabhiyo kusalaṃ kena, kathañ ca paṇḍito ti,|

(097) muni nāma kathaṃ pavuccati,

puṭṭho me Bhagavā vyākarohi". || Sn_III,6.14 ||

524. "Khettāni viceyya kevalāni Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā divyaṃ mānusakañ ca brahmakhettaṃ sabbakhettamūlabandhanā pamutto khettajino tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.15 ||

525. Kosāni viceyya kevalāni dibbaṃ mānusakañ ca brahmakosaṃ sabbakosamūlabandhanā pamutto kusalo tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.16 ||

[F._95] 526. Dubhayāni viceyya paṇḍarāni ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca suddhipañño kaṇhā-sukkaṃ upātivatto paṇḍito tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.17 ||

527. Asatañ ca satañ ca ñatvā dhammaṃ ajjhattaṃ babiddhā ca sabbaloke devamanussehi pūjiyo so saṅgaṃ jālam aticca so munī" ti. || Sn_III,6.18 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako --pe-- Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:

(098) 528. "Kiṃpattinam āhu vedagaṃ,

iti Sabhiyo anuviditaṃ kena, kathañ ca viriyavā ti,

ājāniyo kin ti nāma hoti,

puṭṭho me Bhagavā vyākarohi". || Sn_III,6.19 ||

529. "Vedāni viceyya kevalāni Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā samaṇānaṃ yāni p’ atthi brāhmaṇānaṃ sabbavedanāsu vītarāgo sabbaṃ vedam aticca vedagū so. || Sn_III,6.20 ||

530. Anuvicca papañca nāmarūpaṃ ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca {rogamūlaṃ}

sabbarogamūlabandhanā pamutto anuvidito tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.21 ||

531. Virato idha sabbapāpakehi nirayadukkham aticca viriyavā so,

so viriyavā padhānavā dhīro tādi pavuccate tathattā. || Sn_III,6.22 ||

[F._96] 532. Yass’ assu lutāni bandhanāni ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca saṅgamūlaṃ,

sabbassaṅgamūlabandhanā pamutto ājāniyo tādi pavuccate tathattā" ti. || Sn_III,6.23 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako --pe-- Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañhaṃ apucchi:

533. "Kiṃpattinam āhu sottiyaṃ,

iti Sabhiyo| (099) ariyaṃ kena, kathañ ca caraṇavā ti,

paribbājako kin ti nāma hoti,

puṭṭho me Bhagavā vyākarohi". || Sn_III,6.24 ||

534. "Sutvā sabbadhammaṃ abhiññāya loke Sabhiyā ti Bhagavā sāvajjānavajjaṃ yad atthi kiñci abhibhuṃ akathaṃkathiṃ vimuttaṃ anighaṃ sabbadhi-m-āhu sottiyo {ti.} || Sn_III,6.25 ||

535. Chetvā āsavāni ālayāni vidvā so na upeti gabbhaseyyaṃ,

saññaṃ tividhaṃ panujja paṃkaṃ kappan n’ eti, tam āhu ariyo ti. || Sn_III,6.26 ||

536. Yo idha caraṇesu pattipatto kusalo sabbadā ajāni dhammaṃ,

sabbattha na sajjati vimutto,

paṭighā yassa na santi, caraṇavā so. || Sn_III,6.27 ||

537. Dukkhavepakkaṃ yad atthi kammaṃ uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañ cāpi majjhe parivajjayitā pariññacāri māyaṃ mānam atho pi lobhakodhaṃ [F._97] pariyantam akāsi nāmarūpaṃ,

taṃ paribbājakam āhu pattipattan" ti. || Sn_III,6.28 ||

Atha kho Sab hiyo paribbājako Bhagavato {bhāsitaṃ} abhinanditvā anumoditvā attamano pamodito udaggo (100) pītisomanassajāto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā ten’ añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:

538. "Yāni ca tīṇi yāni ca saṭṭhi samaṇappavādasitāni bhūripañña saññakkhara-saññanissitāni osaraṇāni vineyya oghatam agā. || Sn_III,6.29 ||

539. Antagū si pāragū dukkhassa,

arahāsi sammāsambuddho, khīṇāsavaṃ taṃ maññe,

jutimā mutimā pahūtapañño,

dukkhass’ antakara atāresi maṃ. || Sn_III,6.30 ||

540. Yaṃ me kaṃkhitam aññāsi,

vicikicchaṃ maṃ atāresi, namo te,

muni monapathesu pattipatta,

akhila Ādiccabandhu sorato si. || Sn_III,6.31 ||

(101) 541. Yā me kaṃkhā pure āsi, tam me vyākāsi cakkhumā:

addhā munī si sambuddho, -- n’ atthi nīvaraṇā tava, || Sn_III,6.32 ||

[F._98] 542. upāyāsā ca te sabbe viddhastā vinaḷīkatā, --

sītibhūto damappatto dhitimā saccanikkamo. || Sn_III,6.33 ||

543. Tassa te nāganāgassa mahāvīrassa bhāsato sabbe devā anumodanti ubho Nārada-Pabbatā. || Sn_III,6.34 ||

544. Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama,

sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ n’ atthi te {paṭipuggalo.}11 || Sn_III,6.35 ||

545. Tuvaṃ Buddho, tuvaṃ Satthā, tuvaṃ Mārābhibhū muni,

tuvam anusaye chetvā tiṇṇo tāres’ imaṃ pajaṃ. || Sn_III,6.36 ||

546. Upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā,

sīho si anupādāno pahīnabhayabheravo. || Sn_III,6.37 ||

547. Puṇḍarīkaṃ yathā vaggu toye na upalippati,

evaṃ puññe ca pāpe ca ubbaye tvaṃ na lippasi:

pāde vīra pasārehi, Sabhiyo vandati Satthuno" ti. || Sn_III,6.38 ||

Atha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "abhikkantaṃ bhante --pe-- dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, labheyy [F._99] ā-

haṃ bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ (102) upasampadan" ti.

"Yo kho Sabhiya aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṃkhati pabbajjaṃ ākaṃkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya, api ca m’ ettha puggalavemattatā viditā" ti.

"Sace bhante aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṃkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṃkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya, ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā" ti.

Alattha kho Sabhiyo paribbājako Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ --pe-- aññataro kho panāyasmā Sabhiyo arahataṃ ahosī ti

SABHIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

7. Selasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ:

Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Aṅguttarāpesu cārikañ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḷa-(103) sehi bhikkhusatehi yena Āpaṇaṃ nāma Aṅguttarāpānaṃ nigamo etad avasari.

Assosi kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo: "samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito [F._100] Aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi Āpaṇaṃ anuppatto, taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato, iti pi: so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathī satthā devamanussānaṃ Buddho Bhagavā, so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ savyañjanaṃ, kevala-paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti: sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī" ti.

Atha kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ Bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.

Atha kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito Bhagavantaṃ {etad} avoca:

"adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā" ti.

Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: "mahā kho Keṇiya

(104) bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañ ca kho brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno" ti.

Dutiyam pi kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "kiñcāpi bho Gotama mahā bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni ahañ ca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno, adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā" ti.

Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca:

"mahā kho Keṇiya bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañ ca kho brāh [F._101] maṇesu abhippasanno" ti.

Tatiyam pi kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

"kiñcāpi bho Gotama mahā bhikkhusaṃgho aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni ahañ ca kho brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno,

adhivāsetv-eva me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā" ti.

Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena sako assamo ten’ upasaṃkami,

upasaṃkamitvā mittāmacce ñātisālohite āmantesi: "suṇantu me bhonto mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, samaṇo me Gotamo nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena, yena me kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṃ kareyyāthā" ti.

"Evaṃ bho" ti kho Keṇiyassa jaṭilassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā Keṇiyassa jaṭilassa paṭissutvā app-ekacce uddhanāni khaṇanti, app-ekacce kaṭṭhāni phāḷenti, appekacce bhājanāni dhovanti, app-ekacce udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpenti, app-ekacce āsanāni paññāpenti, Keṇiyo pana jaṭilo sāmaṃ yeva maṇḍalamāḷaṃ paṭiyādeti.

Tena kho pana samayena Selo brāhmaṇo Āpaṇe paṭivasati

(105) tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ sākkharappabhedānaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ padako veyyākaraṇo lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anavayo, tīṇi māṇavakasatāni mante vāceti.

Tena kho pana samayena Keṇiyo jaṭilo Sele brāhmaṇe abhippasanno hoti.

Atha kho Selo brāhmaṇo tīhi māṇavakasatehi parivuto jaṃghāvihāraṃ anucaṃkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena Keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo ten’ upasaṃkami.

Addasā kho Selo brāhmaṇo Keṇiyassamiye jaṭile app-ekacce uddhanāni khaṇante --pe-- app-ekacce āsanāni [F._102] paññāpente, Keṇiyaṃ pana jaṭilaṃ sāmañ ñeva maṇḍalamāḷaṃ paṭiyādentaṃ, disvāna Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ etad avoca: "ki nu bhoto Keṇiyassa āvāho vā bhavissati vivāho vā bhavissati, mahāyañño vā paccupaṭṭhito, rājā vā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ balakāyenā" ti. "Na me Sela āvāho bhavissati, na pi vivāho bhavissati, na pi rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ balakāyena, api ca kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito atthi: samaṇo Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhateḍasehi bhikkhusatehi Āpaṇaṃ anuppatto.

Taṃ kho (106) pana bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ --pe-- Buddho Bhagavā ti, so me nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā" ti.

"Buddho ti bho Keṇiya vadesi".

"Buddho ti bho Sela vadāmi".

"Buddho ti bho Keṇiya vadesi".

"Buddho ti bho Sela vadāmī" ti.

Atha bho Selassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘ghoso pi kho eso dullabho lokasmiṃ yadidaṃ ‘Buddho’ ti.

Āgatāni kho pana asmākaṃ mantesu dvattiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni, yehi samannāgatassa mahāpurisassa dve va gatiyo bhavanti anaññā: sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato, tass’ imāni satta ratanāni bhavanti, seyyathīdaṃ: cakkaratanaṃ hatthiratanaṃ assaratanaṃ maṇiratanaṃ itthiratanaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pariṇāyakaratanam eva sattamaṃ, parosahassaṃ kho pan’ assa puttā bhavanti sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā, so imaṃ paṭhaviṃ sāgara [F._103] pariyantaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasati.

Sace kho panāgārasmā anagāriyāṃ pabbajati, arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivattacchaddo -- "kahaṃ pana bho Keṇiya etarahi so bhavaṃ Gotamo viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho" ti.

Evaṃ vutte Keṇiyo jaṭilo dakkhiṇaṃ bāhaṃ paggahetvā Selaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad avoca:

(107) "yen’ esā bho Sela nīlavanarājī" ti.

Atha kho Selo brāhmaṇo tīhi māṇavakasatehi saddhiṃ yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami.

Atha kho Selo brāhmaṇo te māṇavake āmantesi: "appasaddā bhonto āgacchantu pade padaṃ nikkhipantā, durāsadā hi te bhagavanto sīhā va ekacarā,

yadā cāhaṃ bho samaṇena Gotamena saddhiṃ manteyyaṃ,

mā me bhonto antarantarā kathaṃ opātetha, kathāpariyosānam me bhavanto āgamentū" ti.

Atha kho Selo brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Selo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesi.

Addasā kho Selo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato kāye dvattiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve, dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṃkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati:

kosohite ca vatthaguyhe pahūtajivhatāya ca.

Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi: ‘passati kho me ayaṃ Selo brāhmaṇo dvattiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni yebhuyyena ṭhapetvā dve, dvīsu mahāpurisalakkhaṇesu kaṃkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati: kosohite ca vatthaguyhe pahūtajivhatāya cā’ ti.

Atha kho Bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṃkhāraṃ abhisaṃkhāsi, yathā [F._104] addasa Selo brāhmaṇo Bhagavato kosohitaṃ (108) vatthaguyhaṃ.

Atha kho Bhagavā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā ubho pi kaṇṇasotāni anumasi paṭimasi, ubho pi nāsikasotāni anumasi paṭimasi, kevalam pi nalāṭamaṇḍalaṃ jivhāya chādesi.

Atha kho Selassa brāhmaṇassa etad ahosi: ‘sammannāgato kho samaṇo Gotamo dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇehi no aparipuṇṇehi, no ca kho naṃ jānāmi ‘Buddho vā no vā.'

Sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ vuddhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ: "ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā, te sake vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī" ti, yan nūnāhaṃ samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan 'ti.

Atha kho Selo brāhmaṇo Bhagavantaṃ sammukhā sāruppāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi:

548. "Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci sujāto cārudassano suvaṇṇavaṇṇo si Bhagavā, susukkadāṭho si viriyavā. || Sn_III,7.1 ||

549. Narassa hi sujātassa ye bhavanti viyañjanā,

sabbe te tava kāyasmiṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇā. || Sn_III,7.2 ||

550. Pasannanetto sumukho brahā uju patāpavā majjhe samaṇasaṃghassa ādicco va virocasi || Sn_III,7.3 ||

551. kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu kañcanasannibhattaco, --

kin te samaṇabhāvena evaṃ uttamavaṇṇino. || Sn_III,7.4 ||

[F._105] 552. Rājā arahasi bhavituṃ cakkavatti rathesabho cāturanto vijitāvī Jambusaṇḍassa issaro. || Sn_III,7.5 ||

(109) 553. Khattiyā bhoja-rājāno anuyuttā bhavanti te,

rājābhirājā manujindo rajjaṃ kārehi Gotama". || Sn_III,7.6 ||

554. "Rājāham asmi Selā ti Bhagavā {dhammarājā} anuttaro,

dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi, cakkaṃ appativattiyaṃ". || Sn_III,7.7 ||

555. "Sambuddho paṭijānāsi:

*iti Selo brāhmaṇo* ‘dhammarājā anuttaro dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi’ iti bhāsasi Gotama. || Sn_III,7.8 ||

556. Ko nu senāpatī bhoto sāvako satthu-d-anvayo,

ko te imaṃ anuvatteti dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ". || Sn_III,7.9 ||

557. "Mayā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ Selā ti Bhagavā dhammacakkaṃ anuttaraṃ Sāriputto anuvatteti anujāto Tathāgataṃ. || Sn_III,7.10 ||

558. Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañ ca bhāvitaṃ,

pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā Buddho 'smi brāhmaṇa. || Sn_III,7.11 ||

[F._106] 559. Vinayassu mayī kaṃkhaṃ, adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa,

dullabhaṃ dassanaṃ hoti sambuddhānaṃ abhiṇhaso. || Sn_III,7.12 ||

(110) 560. Yesaṃ vo dullabho loke pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso,

so 'haṃ brāhmaṇa sambuddho sallakatto anuttaro. || Sn_III,7.13 ||

561. Brahmabhūto atitulo Mārasenappamaddano sabbāmitte vasīkatvā modāmi akutobhayo". || Sn_III,7.14 ||

562. "Imaṃ bhonto nisāmetha, yathā bhāsati cakkhumā sallakatto mahāvīro, sīho va nadatī vane. || Sn_III,7.15 ||

563. Brahmabhūtaṃ atitulaṃ Mārasenappamaddanaṃ ko disvā na-ppasīdeyya api kaṇhābhijātiko. || Sn_III,7.16 ||

564. Yo maṃ icchati anvetu, yo vā n’ icchati gacchatu:

idhāhaṃ pabbajissāmi varapaññassa santike". || Sn_III,7.17 ||

565. "Etañ ce ruccatī bhoto Sammāsambuddhasāsanaṃ,

mayam pi pabbajissāma varapaññassa santike". || Sn_III,7.18 ||

566. "Brāhmaṇā tisatā ime yācanti pañjalīkatā:

[F._107] brahmacariyaṃ carissāma Bhagavā tava santike". || Sn_III,7.19 ||

567. "Svākkhātaṃ brahmacariyaṃ Selā ti Bhagavā sandiṭṭhikam akālikaṃ,

yattha amoghā pabbajjā appamattassa sikkhato" ti. || Sn_III,7.20 ||

Alattha kho Selo brāhmaṇo sapariso Bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.

{Atha} kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena sake assame paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā

(111) Bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: "kālo bho Gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan" ti.

Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena.

Atha kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Buddha-pamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.

Atha kho Keṇiyo jaṭilo Bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ Bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:

568. "Aggihuttamukhā yaññā, Sāvittī chandaso mukhaṃ,

rājā mukhaṃ manussānaṃ, nadīnaṃ sāgaro mukhaṃ, || Sn_III,7.21 ||

569. nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando, ādicco tapatam mukhaṃ,

puññaṃ ākaṃkhamānānaṃ saṃgho ve yajatam mukhan" ti. || Sn_III,7.22 ||

[F._108] Atha kho Bhagavā Keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho āyasmā Selo sapariso eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirass’ eva,

(112) *yass’ atthāya kulaputtā samma-d-eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhe va dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ ti abbhaññāsi. *Aññataro ca kho panāyasmā Selo sapariso arahataṃ ahosi.

Atha kho āyasmā Selo sapariso yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami,

upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā yena Bhagavā ten'

añjalim paṇāmetvā Bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

570. "Yan taṃ saraṇam āgamha ito aṭṭhami cakkhumā,

sattarattena Bhagavā dant’ amha tava sāsane. || Sn_III,7.23 ||

571. Tuvaṃ Buddho, tuvaṃ Satthā, tuvaṃ Mārābhibhū muni,

tuvaṃ anusaye chetvā tiṇṇo tāres’ imaṃ pajaṃ. || Sn_III,7.24 ||

572. Upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā,

sīho si anupādāno pahīnabhayabheravo. || Sn_III,7.25 ||

573. Bhikkhavo tisatā ime tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā:

pāde vīra pasārehi, nāgā vandantu Satthuno" ti || Sn_III,7.26 ||

SELASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

8. Sallasutta.

[F._109] 574. Animittam anaññātaṃ maccānaṃ idha jīvitaṃ kasirañ ca parittañ ca, tañ ca dukkhena saññutaṃ. || Sn_III,8.1 ||

(113) 575. Na hi so upakkamo atthi, yena jātā na miyyare,

jaram pi patvā maraṇaṃ, evaṃdhammā hi pāṇino. || Sn_III,8.2 ||

576. Phalānam iva pakkānaṃ pāto papatanā bhayaṃ,

evaṃ jātānaṃ maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ. || Sn_III,8.3 ||

577. Yathā pi kumbhakārassa katā mattikabhājanā sabbe bhedanapariyantā, evam maccāna jīvitaṃ. || Sn_III,8.4 ||

578. Daharā ca mahantā ca ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā sabbe maccuvasaṃ yanti, sabbe maccuparāyanā. || Sn_III,8.5 ||

579. Tesaṃ maccuparetānaṃ gacchataṃ paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṃ ñātī vā pana ñātake. || Sn_III,8.6 ||

580. Pekkhataṃ yeva ñātīnaṃ passa lālapataṃ puthu ekameko va maccānaṃ go vajjho viya niyyati. || Sn_III,8.7 ||

[F._110] 581. Evam abbhāhato loko maccunā ca jarāya ca, --

tasmā dhīrā na socanti viditvā lokapariyāyaṃ. || Sn_III,8.8 ||

582. Yassa maggaṃ na jānāsi āgatassa gatassa vā,

ubho ante asampassaṃ niratthaṃ paridevasi. || Sn_III,8.9 ||

583. Paridevayamāno ce kañcid atthaṃ udabbahe sammūḷho hiṃsam attānaṃ, kayira c’ enaṃ vicakkhaṇo. || Sn_III,8.10 ||

584. Na hi raṇṇena sokena santiṃ pappoti cetaso,

bhiyy’ ass’ uppajjate dukkhaṃ, sarīraṃ upahaññati, || Sn_III,8.11 ||

(114) 585. kiso vivaṇṇo bhavati hiṃsam attānam attanā:

na tena petā pālenti, niratthā paridevanā. || Sn_III,8.12 ||

586. Sokam appajahaṃ jantu bhiyyo dukkhaṃ nigacchati,

anutthuṇanto kālakataṃ sokassa vasam anvagū. || Sn_III,8.13 ||

587. Aññe pi passa gamine yathākammūpage nare maccuno vasam āgamma phandante v’ idha pāṇine. || Sn_III,8.14 ||

588. Yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā, --

[F._111] etādiso vinābhāvo, passa lokassa pariyāyaṃ: || Sn_III,8.15 ||

589. api ce vassasataṃ jīve bhiyyo vā pana mānavo,

ñātisaṃghā vinā hoti, jahāti idha jīvitaṃ. || Sn_III,8.16 ||

590. Tasmā arahato sutvā vineyya paridevitaṃ petaṃ kālakataṃ disvā ‘na so labbhā mayā’ iti. || Sn_III,8.17 ||

591. Yathā saraṇam ādittaṃ vārinā parinibbaye,

evam pi dhīro sappañño paṇḍito kusalo naro khippam uppatitaṃ sokaṃ vāto tūlaṃ va dhaṃsaye || Sn_III,8.18 ||

592. paridevaṃ pajappañ ca domanassañ ca attano:

attano sukham esāno abbahe sallam attano. || Sn_III,8.19 ||

593. Abbūḷhasallo asito santiṃ pappuyya cetaso,

sabbasokaṃ atikkanto asoko hoti nibbuto ti || Sn_III,8.20 ||

SALLASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(115) [F._112] 9. Vāseṭṭhadutta.

Evam me sutaṃ: Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Icchānaṃkale viharati Icchānaṃkalavanasaṇḍe.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā Icchānaṃkale paṭivasanti, seyyathīdaṃ:

Caṃkī brāhmaṇo Tārukkho brāhmaṇo Pokkharasāti brāhmaṇo Jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo Todeyyabrāhmaṇo aññe ca abhiññātā abhiññātā brāhmaṇamahāsālā.

Atha kho Vāseṭṭha-Bhāradvājānaṃ māṇavānaṃ jaṃghāvihāraṃ anucaṃkamamānānaṃ anuvicaramānānaṃ ayam antarākathā udapādi:

"kathaṃ bho brāhmaṇo hotī" ti.

Bhāradvājo māṇavo evam āha:

"yato kho bho ubhato sujāto hoti mātito ca pitito ca saṃsuddhagahaṇiko yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā akkhitto anupakkuṭṭho jātivādena, ettāvatā kho brāhmaṇo hotī" ti.

Vāseṭṭho māṇavo evam āha: "yato kho bho sīlavā ca hoti vatasampanno ca, ettāvatā kho brāhmaṇo hotī" ti.

N’ eva kho asakkhi Bhāradvājo māṇavo

(116) Vāseṭṭhaṃ māṇavaṃ saññapetuṃ, na pana asakkhi Vāseṭṭho māṇavo Bhāradvājaṃ māṇavaṃ saññapetuṃ.

Atha kho Vāseṭṭho māṇavo Bhāradvājaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantesi: "ayaṃ kho Bhāradvāja samaṇo Gotamo Sakyaputto Sakyakulā pabbajito Icchānaṃkale viharati Icchānaṃkalavanasaṇḍe, taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato --pe-- Buddho Bhagavā ti,

āyāma bho Bhāradvāja, yena samaṇo Gotamo ten’ upasaṃkamissāma, upasaṃkamitvā samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ etam atthaṃ pucchissāma, yathā no samaṇo [F._113] Gotamo vyākarissati, tathā naṃ dhāressāmā" ti.

"Evaṃ bho" ti kho Bhāradvājo māṇavo Vāseṭṭhassa māṇavassa paccassosi.

Atha kho Vāseṭṭha-Bhāradvājā māṇavā yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Vāseṭṭho māṇavo Bhagavantaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

594. "Anuññātapatiññātā tevijjā mayam asm’ ubho,

ahaṃ Pokkharasātissa Tārukkhassāyaṃ māṇavo. || Sn_III,9.1 ||

595. Tevijjānaṃ yad akkhātaṃ, tatra kevalino smase,

padak' asmā veyyākaraṇā jape ācariyasādisā. || Sn_III,9.2 ||

(117) 596. Tesan no jātivādasmiṃ vivādo atthi Gotama:

"jātiyā brāhmaṇo hoti" Bhāradvājo iti bhāsati,

ahañ ca "kammanā" brūmi, evaṃ jānāhi cakkhuma. || Sn_III,9.3 ||

597. Te na sakkoma saññattuṃ aññamaññaṃ mayaṃ ubho,

bhavantaṃ puṭṭhum āgamhā sambuddhaṃ iti vissutaṃ. || Sn_III,9.4 ||

598. Candaṃ yathā khayātītaṃ pecca pañjalikā janā [F._114] vandamānā namassanti, evaṃ lokasmiṃ Gotamaṃ. || Sn_III,9.5 ||

599. Cakkhuṃ loke samuppannaṃ mayaṃ pucchāma Gotamaṃ:

jātiyā brāhmaṇo hoti udāhu bhavati kammanā,

ajānataṃ no pabrūhi, yathā jānemu brāhmaṇaṃ". || Sn_III,9.6 ||

600. "Tesaṃ vo 'haṃ vyakkhissaṃ Vāseṭṭhā ti Bhagavā anupubbaṃ yathātathaṃ jātivibhaṅgaṃ pāṇānaṃ, aññamaññā ti jātiyo. || Sn_III,9.7 ||

601. Tiṇarukkhe pi jānātha, na cāpi paṭijānare,

liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ tesaṃ, aññamaññā hi jātiyo. || Sn_III,9.8 ||

(118) 602. Tato kīṭe paṭaṅge ca yāva kunthakipillike,

liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ tesaṃ, aññamaññā hi jātiyo. || Sn_III,9.9 ||

603. Catuppade pi jānātha khuddake ca mahallake, liṅgaṃ --pe--. || Sn_III,9.10 ||

604. Pādūdare pi jānātha urage dīghapiṭṭhike, liṅgaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.11 ||

605. Tato macche pi jānātha urage dīghapiṭṭhike, liṅgaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.12 ||

[F._115] 606. Tato pakkhī pi jānātha pattayāne vihaṅgame, liṅgaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.13 ||

607. Yathā etāsu jātisu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ puthu,

evaṃ n’ atthi manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ puthu: || Sn_III,9.14 ||

608. na kesehi na sīsena na kaṇṇehi na akkhihi na mukhena na nāsāya na oṭṭhehi bhamūhi vā || Sn_III,9.15 ||

609. na gīvāya na aṃsehi na udarena na piṭṭhiyā na soṇiyā na urasā na sambādhe na methune || Sn_III,9.16 ||

610. na hatthehi na pādehi na aṅgulīhi nakhehi vā na jaṃghāhi na ūrūhi na vaṇṇena sarena vā liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ n’ eva, yathā aññāsu jātisu. || Sn_III,9.17 ||

(119) 611. Paccattaṃ sasarīresu manussesv-etaṃ na vijjati vokārañ ca manussesu samaññāya pavuccati. || Sn_III,9.18 ||

612. Yo hi koci manussesu gorakkhaṃ upajīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, kassako so, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.19 ||

[F._116] 613. Yo hi koci manussesu puthu sippena jīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, sippiko so, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.20 ||

614. Yo hi koci manussesu vohāraṃ upajīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, vāṇijo so, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.21 ||

615. Yo hi koci manussesu parapessena jīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, pessiko so, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.22 ||

616. Yo hi koci manussesu adinnam upajīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, coro eso, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.23 ||

617. Yo hi koci manussesu issatthaṃ upajīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, yodhājīvo, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.24 ||

618. Yo hi koci manussesu porohiccena jīvati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, yājako so, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.25 ||

619. Yo hi koci manussesu gāmaṃ raṭṭhañ ca bhuñjati,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, rājā eso, na brāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.26 ||

620. 12Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ,

[F._117] bhovādi nāma so hoti, sa ve hoti sakiñcano,

-- akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ. || Sn_III,9.27 ||

621. Sabbasaṃyojanaṃ chetvā yo ve na paritassati,

saṅgātigaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ. || Sn_III,9.28 ||

(120) 622. Chetvā nandhiṃ varattañ ca sandānaṃ sahanukkamaṃ ukkhittapalighaṃ buddhaṃ --pe--. || Sn_III,9.29 ||

623. Akkosaṃ vadhabandhañ ca aduṭṭho yo titikkhati,

khantībalaṃ balānīkaṃ tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ. || Sn_III,9.30 ||

624. Akkodhanaṃ vatavantaṃ sīlavantaṃ anussadaṃ dantaṃ antimasārīraṃ --pe--. || Sn_III,9.31 ||

625. Vāri pokkharapatte va, āragge-r-iva sāsapo yo na lippati kāmesu, . . . || Sn_III,9.32 ||

626. Yo dukkhassa pajānāti idh’ eva khayam, attano,

pannabhāraṃ visaṃyuttaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.33 ||

627. Gambhīrapaññaṃ medhāviṃ maggāmaggassa kovidaṃ uttamatthaṃ anuppattaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.34 ||

628. Asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ gahaṭṭhehi anāgārehi cūbhayaṃ anokasāriṃ appicchaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.35 ||

[F._118] 629. Nidhāya daṇḍaṃ bhūtesu tasesu thāvaresu ca yo na hanti na ghāteti, . . . || Sn_III,9.36 ||

630. Aviruddhaṃ viruddhesu attadaṇḍesu nibbutaṃ sādānesu anādānaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.37 ||

631. Yassa rāgo ca doso ca māno makkho ca pātito sāsapo-r-iva āraggā, . . . || Sn_III,9.38 ||

(121) 632. Akakkasaṃ viññapaniṃ giraṃ saccaṃ udīraye,

yāya nabhisaje kañci, . . . || Sn_III,9.39 ||

633. Yo ca dīghaṃ va rassaṃ vā aṇuṃthūlaṃ subhāsubhaṃ loke adinnaṃ nadiyati, . . . || Sn_III,9.40 ||

634. Āsā yassa na vijjanti asmiṃ loke paramhi ca,

nirāsayaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.41 ||

635. Yassālaya na vijjanti, aññāya kathaṃkathī,

amatogadhaṃ anuppattaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.42 ||

636. Yo 'dha puññañ ca pāpañ ca ubho saṅgaṃ upaccagā,

asokaṃ virajaṃ suddhaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.43 ||

637. Candaṃ va vimalaṃ suddhaṃ vippasannaṃ anāvilaṃ nandībhavaparikkhīṇaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.44 ||

638. Yo imaṃ palipathaṃ duggaṃ {saṃsāraṃ} moham accagā tiṇṇo pāragato jhāyī16 [F._119] anejo akathaṃkathī anupādāya nibbuto, . . . || Sn_III,9.45 ||

639. Yo 'dha kāme pahatvāna anāgāro paribbaje,

kāmābhavaparikkhīṇaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.46 ||

640. Yo 'dha taṇhaṃ pahatvāna anāgāro paribbaje,

taṇhābhavaparikkhīṇaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.47 ||

641. Hitvā mānusakaṃ yogaṃ dibbaṃ yogaṃ upaccagā,

sabbayogavisaṃyuttaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.48 ||

642. Hitvā ratiñ ca aratiñ ca sītibhūtaṃ nirūpadhiṃ sabbalokābhibbuṃ vīraṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.49 ||

(122) 643. Cutiṃ yo vedi sattānaṃ upapattiñ ca sabbaso,

asattaṃ sugataṃ buddhaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.50 ||

644. Yassa gatiṃ na jānanti devā gandhabbamānusā,

khīṇāsavaṃ arahantaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.51 ||

645. Yassa pure ca pacchā ca majjhe ca n’ atthi kiñcanaṃ,

akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.52 ||

646. Usabhaṃ pavaraṃ vīraṃ mahesiṃ vijitāvinaṃ anejaṃ nahātakaṃ buddhaṃ . . . || Sn_III,9.53 ||

647. Pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi saggāpāyañ ca passati,

atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, tam ahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ. || Sn_III,9.54 ||

[F._120] 648. Samaññā h’ esā lokasmiṃ nāmagottaṃ pakappitaṃ,

sammuccā samudāgataṃ tattha tattha pakappitaṃ, || Sn_III,9.55 ||

649. dīgharattam anusayitaṃ diṭṭhigatam ajānataṃ, --

ajānantā no pabruvanti: "jātiyā hoti brāhmaṇo". || Sn_III,9.56 ||

650. Na jaccā brāhmaṇo hoti, na jaccā hoti abrāhmaṇo,

kammanā brāhmaṇo hoti, kammanā hoti abrāhmaṇo. || Sn_III,9.57 ||

651. Kassako kammanā hoti, sippiko hoti kammanā,

vāṇijo kammanā hoti, pessiko hoti kammanā, || Sn_III,9.58 ||

652. coro pi kammanā hoti, yodhājīvo pi kammanā,

yājako kammanā {hoti}, rājā pi hoti kammanā. || Sn_III,9.59 ||

(123) 653. Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ kammaṃ passanti paṇḍitā paṭiccasamuppādadasā kammavipākakovidā. || Sn_III,9.60 ||

654. Kammanā vattatī loko, kammanā vattatī pajā,

kammanibandhanā sattā rathassāṇiva yāyato. || Sn_III,9.61 ||

655. Tapena brahmacariyena saṃyamena damena ca --

[F._121] etena brāhmaṇo hoti, etaṃ brāhmaṇam uttamaṃ. || Sn_III,9.62 ||

656. Tīhi vijjāhi sampanno santo khīṇapunabbhavo,

evaṃ Vāseṭṭha jānāhi, Brahmā Sakko vijānatan" ti. || Sn_III,9.63 ||

Evaṃ vutte Vāseṭṭha-hāradvājā māṇavā Bhagavantaṃ etad avocuṃ: "abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama --pe-- *ete mayaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, *upāsake no bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇāgate" ti

VĀSEṬṬHASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

10. Kokāliyasutta.

Evam me sutaṃ: Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

Atha kho kokāliyo bhikkhu yena Bhagavā ten’ upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Bhaga-(124)vantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Kokāliyo bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

"pāpicchā bhante Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃgatā" ti.

Evaṃ vutte Bhagavā Kokāliyaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: "mā h’ evaṃ Kokāliya, mā h'

evaṃ Kokāliya, pasādehi kokāliya Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ, pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā" ti.

Dutiyam pi kho Kokāliyo bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:

"kiñcāpi [F._122] me bhante Bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko, atha kho pāpicchā va Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃgatā" ti.

Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokāliyaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: "mā h’ evaṃ Kokāliya,

mā h’ evaṃ Kokāliya, pasādehi Kokāliya Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ, pasalā Sāriputta-Moggallān" ti Tatiyam pi kho Kokāliyo bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "kiñcāpi me bhante Bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayiko,

atha kho pāpicchā va Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃgatā" ti.

tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokāliyaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: "nā h’ evaṃ Kokāliya,

mā h’ evaṃ Kokāliya, pasādehi Kokāliya SāriputtaMoggallānesu cittaṃ, pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā" ti.

Atha kho Kokāliyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Acirapakkantassa ca Kokāliyassa bhikkhuno sāsapamattīhi piḷakāhi sabbo kāyo phuṭo ahosi, sāsapamattiyo hutvā mugamattiyo ahesuṃ, muggamattiyo hutvā kalāyamattiyo ahesuṃ, {kaḷāyamattiyo} hutvā kolaṭṭhimattiyo ahesuṃ,

(125) kolaṭṭhimattiyo hutvā kolamattiyo ahesuṃ, kolamattiyo hutvā āmalakamattiyo ahesuṃ, āmalakamattiyo hutvā beḷuvasalāṭukamattiyo ahesuṃ, beḷuvasalāṭukamattiyo hutvā billimattiyo ahesuṃ, billimattiyo hutvā pabhijjiṃsu, pubbañ ca lohitañ ca pagghariṃsu.

Atha kho Kokāliyo bhikkhu ten’ evābādhena kālam akāsi, kālakato ca Kokāliyo bhikkhu Padumanirayaṃ upapajji SāriputtaMoggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā.

Atha kho Brahmā Sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakāppaṃ Jetavanaṃ [F._123) Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi.

Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho Brahmā Sahampati Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "Kokāliyo bhante bhikkhu kālakato, kālakato ca bhante Kokāliyo bhikkhu Padumanirayaṃ upapanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā" ti.

Idam avoca Brahmā Sahampati, idaṃ vatvā *bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā* padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth’ ev’ antaradhāyi.

Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: "imaṃ bhikkhave rattiṃ Brahmā Sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā --pe-- idam avoca Brahmā Sanampati, idaṃ vatvā* maṃ abhivādetvā* padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatth’ ev’ antaradhāyī" ti.

Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu (126) Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: "kīvadīghaṃ nu kho bhante Padume niraye āyuppamāṇan" ti.

"Dīghaṃ kho bhikkhu Padume niraye āyuppamāṇaṃ, taṃ na sukaraṃ saṃkhātuṃ ‘ettakāni vassāni' iti vā ‘ettakāni vassasatāni' iti vā ‘ettakāni vassasahassāni’ iti vā ‘ettakāni vassasatasahassāni’ iti vā" ti.

"Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātun" ti.

"Sakkā bhikkhū" ti Bhagavā avoca: "seyyathapi bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko Kosalako tilavāho, tato puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena ekam ekaṃ tilaṃ uddhareyya, khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu vīsatikhāriko Kosalako tilavāho iminā upakkamena parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya, na tv-eva eko Abbudo nirayo.

Seyyathapi bhikkhu vīsati Abbudā nirayā, evam eko Nirabbudo nirayo, seyyathapi bhikkhu vīsati Nirabbudā nirayā, evam eko Ababo nirayo, seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati Ababā [F._124] nirayā, evam eko Ahaho nirayo, seyyathapi bhikkhu vīsati Ahahā nirayā, evam eko Aṭaṭo nirayo,

seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati Aṭaṭā nirayā, evam eko Kumudo nirayo, seyyathāpi vīsati Kumudā nirayā, evam eko Sogandhiko nirayo, seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati Sogandhikā nirayā, evam eko Uppalako nirayo, seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati Uppalakā nirayā, evam eko Puṇḍarīko nirayo,

seyyathāpi bhikkhu vīsati Puṇḍarīkā nirayā, evam eko Padumo nirayo.

Padumaṃ kho pana bhikkhu nirayaṃ Kokāliyo bhikkhu upapanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā" ti.

Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

(127) 657. "Purisassa hi jātassa kuṭhārī jāyate makhe,

yāya chindati attānaṃ bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ. || Sn_III,10.1 ||

658. Yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati,

taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo,

vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ,

kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati. || Sn_III,10.2 ||

659. Appamatto ayaṃ kali,

yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, --

ayam eva mahattaro kali,

yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye. || Sn_III,10.3 ||

660. Sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ chattiṃsa ca pañca ca abbudāni,

[F._125] yam ariyagarahī nirayaṃ upeti vācaṃ manañ ca paṇidhāya pāpakaṃ. || Sn_III,10.4 ||

661. Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti,

yo vā pi katvā "na karomī" ti cāha,

ubbho pi te pecca samā bhavanti nihīnakammā manujā parattha. || Sn_III,10.5 ||

662. Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa,

tam eva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ va khitto. || Sn_III,10.6 ||

663. Yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto,

so vacasā paribhāsati aññe|

(128) assaddho kadariyo avadaññū macchari pesuṇiyasamiṃ anuyutto. || Sn_III,10.7 ||

664. Mukhadugga vibhūta-m-anariya bhūnahu pāpaka dukkatakāri purisanta kali avajāta mā bahu bhāṇ' idha, nerayiko 'si. || Sn_III,10.8 ||

665. Rajam ākirasi ahitāya,

sante garahasi kibbisakārī,

bahuni ca duccaritāni caritvā gañchisi kho papataṃ cirarattaṃ. || Sn_III,10.9 ||

666. Na hi nassati kassaci kammaṃ,

eti ha taṃ, labhat’ eva suvāmī,

dukkhaṃ mando paraloke attani passati kibbisakārī. || Sn_III,10.10 ||

[F._126] 667. Ayosaṃkusamāhataṭṭhānaṃ tiṇhadhāraṃ ayasūlam upeti, |

(129) atha tatta ayo guḷasannibhaṃ bhojanam atthi tathā patirūpaṃ. || Sn_III,10.11 ||

668. Na hi vaggu vadanti vadantā,

nābhijavanti, na tāṇam upenti,

aṅgāre santhate senti,

agginisamaṃ jalitaṃ pavisanti. || Sn_III,10.12 ||

669. Jālena ca onahiyānā tattha hananti ayomayakūṭehi,

andhaṃ va timisam āyanti,

taṃ vitataṃ hi yathā mahikāyo. || Sn_III,10.13 ||

670. Atha lohamayaṃ pana kumbhiṃ agginisamaṃ jalitaṃ pavisanti,

paccanti hi tāsu cirarattaṃ agginisamāsu samuppilavāso. || Sn_III,10.14 ||

671. Atha pubbalohitamisse tattha *kiṃ paccati* kibbisakārī,|

(130) yañ ñan disataṃ adhiseti,

tattha kilijjati samphusamāno. || Sn_III,10.15 ||

672. Puḷavāvasathe salilasmiṃ tattha *kiṃ paccati* kibbisakāri,

gantuṃ na hi tīram ap’ atthi,

sabbasamā hi samantakapallā. || Sn_III,10.16 ||

673. Asipattavanaṃ pana tiṇhaṃ taṃ pavisanti samacchidagattā,

[F._127] jivhaṃ baḷisena gahetvā āracayāracayā vihananti. || Sn_III,10.17 ||

674. Atha Vetaraṇiṃ pana duggaṃ tiṇhadhāraṃ khuradhāram upenti,

tattha mandā papatanti pāpākarā pāpāni karitvā. || Sn_III,10.18 ||

(131) 675. Khādanti hi tattha rudante sāmā sabalā kākoḷagaṇā ca soṇā sigālā paṭigijjhā,

kulalā vāyasa ca vitudanti. || Sn_III,10.19 ||

676. Kicchā vatāyaṃ idha vutti,

yaṃ jano passati kibbisakārī, --

tasmā idha jīvitasese kiccakaro siyā naro na ca majje. || Sn_III,10.20 ||

677. Te gaṇitā vidūhi tilavāhā,

ye Padume niraye upanītā,

nahutāni hi koṭiyo pañca bhavanti dvādasa koṭisatāni pun’ aññā. || Sn_III,10.21 ||

678. Yāva-dukkhā nirayā idha vuttā,

tattha pi tāvaciraṃ vasitabbaṃ, --

tasmā sucipesalasādhuguṇesu vācaṃ manaṃ satataṃ parirakkhe" ti || Sn_III,10.22 ||

KOKĀLIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._128] 11. Nālakasutta.

679. Ānandajāte tidasagaṇe patīte sakkacca Indaṃ sucivasane ca deve dussaṃ gahetvā atiriva thomayante Asito isi addasa divāvihāre. || Sn_III,11.1 ||

(132) 680. Disvāna deve muditamane udagge cittiṃkaritvā idam avocāsi tattha:

"kiṃ devasaṃgho atiriva kalyarīpo,

dussaṃ gahetvā bhamayatha kiṃ paṭicca. || Sn_III,11.2 ||

681. Yadā pi āsi asurehi saṅgamo,

jayo surānaṃ asurā parājitā,

tadā pi n’ etādiso lomahaṃsano:

kim abbhutaṃ daṭṭhu marū pamoditā. || Sn_III,11.3 ||

682. Seḷenti gāyanti ca vādayanti ca bhujāni poṭhenti ca naccayanti ca, --

pucchāmi vo 'haṃ Merumuddhavāsine,

dhunātha me saṃsayaṃ khippa mārisā". || Sn_III,11.4 ||

683. "So Bodhisatto ratanavaro atulyo manussaloke hitasukhatāya jāto Sakyānaṃ gāme janapade Lumbineyye,

ten’ amha tuṭṭhā atiriva kalyarūpā. || Sn_III,11.5 ||

684. So sabbasattutamo aggapuggalo narāsabho sabbapajānaṃ uttamo|

(133) vattessati cakkaṃ Isivhaye vane nadaṃ va sīho balavā migādhibhū". || Sn_III,11.6 ||

[F._129] 685. Taṃ saddaṃ sutvā turitam avaṃsarī so,

Suddhodanassa tada bhavanaṃ upāgami,

nisajja tattha idam avocāsi Sakye:

"kuhiṃ kumāro, aham api daṭṭhukāmo". || Sn_III,11.7 ||

686. Tato kumāraṃ jalitam iva suvaṇṇaṃ ukkāmukhe va sukusalasampahaṭṭhaṃ daddallamānaṃ suriyā anomavaṇṇaṃ dassesu puttaṃ Asitavhayassa Sakyā. || Sn_III,11.8 ||

687. Disvā kumāraṃ sikhim iva pajjalantaṃ tārāsabhaṃ va nabhasigamaṃ visuddhaṃ suriyan tapantaṃ sarada-r-iv’ abbhamuttaṃ ānandajāto vipulam alattha pītiṃ. || Sn_III,11.9 ||

688. Anekasākhañ ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ chattaṃ marū dhārayum antalikkhe,

sucaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā,

na dissare cāmarachattagāhakā. || Sn_III,11.10 ||

(134) 689. Disvā jaṭi Kaṇhasirivhayo isi suvaṇṇanekkhaṃ viya paṇḍukambale setañ ca chattaṃ dhariyanta muddhani udaggacitto sumano paṭiggahe. || Sn_III,11.11 ||

690. Paṭiggahetvā pana Sakyapuṅgavaṃ jigiṃsako lakkhaṇamantapāragū pasannacitto giram abbhudīrayi:

"anuttar’ āyaṃ dipadānam uttamo". || Sn_III,11.12 ||

691. Ath' attano gamanam anussaranto akalyarūpo galayati assukāni,

[F._130] disvāna Sakyā isim avocuṃ rudantaṃ:

"no ce kumāre bhavissati antarāyo". || Sn_III,11.13 ||

692. Disvāna Sakye isi-m-avoca akalye:

"nāhaṃ kumāre ahitam anussarāmi,

na cāpi-m-assa bhavissati antarāyo,

na orak’ āyaṃ, adhimanasā bhavātha. || Sn_III,11.14 ||

693. Sambodhiyaggaṃ phusissat' āyaṃ kumāro,

so dhammacakkaṃ paramavisuddhadassī vattessat’ āyaṃ bahujanahitānukampī,

vitthārik' assa bhavissati brahmacariyaṃ. || Sn_III,11.15 ||

(135) 694. Mamañ ca āyu na ciram idhāvaseso,

ath’ antarā me bhavissati kālakiriyā,

so 'haṃ na sussaṃ asamadhurassa dhammaṃ,

ten’ amhi aṭṭo vyasanagato aghāvī". || Sn_III,11.16 ||

695. So Sākiyānaṃ vipulaṃ janetva pūtiṃ antepuramhā niragama brahmacārī. --

So bhāgineyyaṃ sayam anukampamāno samādapesi asamadhurassa dhamme:12 || Sn_III,11.17 ||

696. "‘Buddho’ ti ghosaṃ yada parato suṇāsi ‘sambodhipatto vicarati dhammamaggaṃ,' gantvāna tattha samayaṃ paripucchiyāno carassu tasmiṃ Bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ". || Sn_III,11.18 ||

697. Tenānusiṭṭho hitamanasena tādinā anāgate paramavisuddhadassinā [F._131] so Nālako upacitapuññasañcayo Jinaṃ patikkhaṃ parivasi rakkhitindriyo. || Sn_III,11.19 ||

698. Sutvāna ghosaṃ Jinavaracakkavattane gantvāna disvā isinisabhaṃ pasanno|

(136) moneyyaseṭṭhaṃ munipavaraṃ apucchi samāgate Asitavhayassa sāsane ti3 || Sn_III,11.20 ||

Vatthugāthā niṭṭhitā.

699. "Aññātam etaṃ vacanaṃ Asitassa yathātathaṃ,

taṃ taṃ Gotama pucchāma sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ: || Sn_III,11.21 ||

700. Anagāriy' upetassa bhikkhācariyaṃ jigiṃsato muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ". || Sn_III,11.22 ||

701. "Moneyyan te upaññissan ti Bhagavā dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavaṃ,

handa te naṃ pavakkhāmi, santhambhassu daḷho bhava. || Sn_III,11.23 ||

702. Samānabhāvaṃ kubbetha gāme akkuṭṭhavanditaṃ,

manopadosaṃ {rakkheyya}, santo anuṇṇato care. || Sn_III,11.24 ||

(137) 703. Uccāvacā niccharanti dāye aggisikhūpamā [F._132] nariyo muniṃ palobhenti, tā su taṃ mā palobhayuṃ. || Sn_III,11.25 ||

704. Virato methunā dhammā hitvā kāme parovare aviruddho asāratto pāṇesu tasathāvare, || Sn_III,11.26 ||

705. ‘yathā ahaṃ tathā ete, yathā ete tathā ahaṃ,'

attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā na haneyya na ghātaye. || Sn_III,11.27 ||

706. Hitvā icchañ ca lobhañ ca, yattha satto puthujjano,

cakkhumā {paṭipajjeyya}, tareyya narakaṃ imaṃ. || Sn_III,11.28 ||

707. Ūnūdaro mitāhāro appicch’ assa alolupo,

sa ve icchāya nicchāto aniccho hoti nibbuto. || Sn_III,11.29 ||

708. Sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā vanantam abhihāraye upaṭṭhito rukkhamūlasmiṃ āsanūpagato muni. || Sn_III,11.30 ||

709. Sa jhānapasuto dhīro vanante ramito siyā,

jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ attānam abhitosayaṃ. || Sn_III,11.31 ||

710. Tato ratyā vivasane gāmantam abhihāraye,

[F._133] avhānaṃ nābhinandeyya abhihārañ ca gāmato. || Sn_III,11.32 ||

711. Na munī gāmam āgamma kulesu sahasā care ghāsesanaṃ chinnakatho, na vācam payutaṃ bhaṇe. || Sn_III,11.33 ||

712. ‘Alatthaṃ yad, idaṃ sādhu, nālatthaṃ, kusalām' iti ubhayen’ eva so tādī rukkhaṃ va upanivattati. || Sn_III,11.34 ||

(138) 713. Sa pattapāṇī vicaranto amūgo mūgasammato appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya, dātāraṃ nāvajāniya. || Sn_III,11.35 ||

714. Uccāvacā hi paṭipadā samaṇena pakāsitā:

na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yanti, na idaṃ ekaguṇaṃ mutaṃ. || Sn_III,11.36 ||

715. Yassa ca visatā n’ atthi chinnasotassa bhikkhuno,

kiccākiccappahīnassa pariḷāho na vijjati. || Sn_III,11.37 ||

716. Moneyyan te upaññissan:12 ti Bhagavā khuradhārūpamo bhave,

jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca udare saññato siyā, || Sn_III,11.38 ||

717. alānacitto ca siyā, na cāpi bahu cintaye,

[F._134] nirāmagandho asito brahmacariyaparāyano. || Sn_III,11.39 ||

718. Ekāsanassa sikkhetha samaṇopāsanassa ca,

ekattaṃ monam akkhātaṃ, eko ce abhiramissati, || Sn_III,11.40 ||

719. atha bhāsihi dasa disā.

Sutvā dhīrānaṃ nigghosaṃ jhāyīnaṃ kāmacāginaṃ tato hiriñ ca saddhañ ca bhiyyo kubbetha māmako. || Sn_III,11.41 ||

(139) 720. Tan nadīhi vijānātha sobbhesu padaresu ca:

saṇantā yanti kussobbhā, tuṇhī yāti mahodadhi. || Sn_III,11.42 ||

721. Yad ūnakaṃ, taṃ saṇati, yaṃ pūraṃ, santam eva taṃ:

aḍḍhakumbhūpamo bālo, rahado pūro va paṇḍito. || Sn_III,11.43 ||

722. Yaṃ samaṇo bahu bhāsati upetaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ jānaṃ so dhammaṃ deseti, jānaṃ so bahu bhāsati. || Sn_III,11.44 ||

723. Yo ca jānaṃ yatatto, jānaṃ na bahu bhāsati,

sa munī monam arahati, sa munī monam ajjhagā" ti16 || Sn_III,11.45 ||

NALAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._135] 12. Dvayatānupassanāsutta.

Evam me sutaṃ: Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pubbārāme Migāramātu pāsāde.

Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tadahuposathe pannarase puṇṇāya puṇṇamāya rattiyā bhikkhusaṃghaparivuto abbhokāse nisinno (140) hoti.

Atha kho Bhagavā tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ anuviloketvā bhikkhū āmantesi: "‘ye te bhikkhave kusalā dhammā ariyā niyyānikā sambodhagāmino, tesaṃ vo bhikkhave kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ariyānaṃ niyyānikānaṃ sambodhagāmīnaṃ kā upanisā savanāyā’ ti, iti ce bhikkhave pucchitāro assu, te evam assu vacanīyā: ‘yāvad eva dvayatānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāyā’ ti.

Kiñ ca dvayataṃ vadetha: ‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ ti ayam ekānupassanā,

‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho, ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā-dvayatānupassino kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṃkhaṃ:12 diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā,

sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā" ti.

Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

724. "Ye dukkhaṃ na-ppajānanti atho dukkhassa sambhavaṃ,

yattha ca sabbaso dukkhaṃ asesaṃ uparujjhati,

[F._136] tañ ca maggaṃ na jānanti dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ, || Sn_III,12.1 ||

725. cetovimuttihīnā te atho paññāvimuttiyā,

abhabbā te antakiriyāya, te ve jātijarūpagā. || Sn_III,12.2 ||

726. Ye ca dukkhaṃ pajānanti atho dukkhassa sambhavaṃ,

yattha ca sabbaso dukkhaṃ asesaṃ uparujjhati,|

(141) tañ ca maggaṃ pajānanti dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ, || Sn_III,12.3 ||

727. cetovimuttisampannā atho paññāvimuttiyā bhabbā te antakiriyāya, na te jātijarūpagā" ti. || Sn_III,12.4 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi pariyāyena sammā-dvayatānupassanā'

ti, iti ce bhikkhave pucchitāro assu, ‘siyā’ ti 'ssu vacanīyā, kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti,

sabbaṃ upadhipaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘upadhīnan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo'

ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" --pe-- athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

728. "Upadhīnidānā pabhavanti dukkhā ye keci lokasmiṃ anekarūpā,

yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti,

punappunaṃ dukkham upeti mando, --

[F._137] tasmā pajānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassī" ti. || Sn_III,12.5 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi pariyāyena sammā-dvayatānupassanā'

ti, iti ce bhikkhave pucchitāro assu, ‘siyā’ ti 'ssu vacanīyā, kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti,

sabbaṃ avijjāpaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘avijjāya tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo'

ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athaparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

(142) 729. "Jātimaraṇasaṃsāraṃ *ye vajanti* punappunaṃ itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ, avijjāy’ eva sā gati. || Sn_III,12.6 ||

730. Avijjā h’ ayaṃ mahāmoho, yen' idaṃ saṃsitaṃ ciraṃ,

vijjāgatā ca ye sattā, nāgacchanti punabbhavan" ti. || Sn_III,12.7 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . #kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘saṃkhārānan te-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

731. "Yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ saṃkhārapaccayā,

saṃkhārānaṃ nirodhena n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.8 ||

732. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘dukkhaṃ saṃkhārapaccayā' [F._138] sabbasaṃkhārasamathā saññāya uparodhanā evaṃ dukkhakkhayo hoti, -- etaṃ ñatvā yathātathaṃ || Sn_III,12.9 ||

733. sammaddasā vedaguno samma-d-aññāya paṇḍitā abhibhuyya Mārasaṃyogaṃ nāgacchanti punabbhavan" ti. || Sn_III,12.10 ||

(143) "‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ viññāṇapaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘viññāṇassa tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n'

atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

734. "Yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ viññāṇapaccayā,

viññāṇassa nirodhena n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.11 ||

735. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘dukkhaṃ viññāṇapaccayā'

viññāṇūpasamā bhikkhu nicchāto parinibbuto" ti. || Sn_III,12.12 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ phassapaccayā' ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘phassassa tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n'

atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

736. "Tesam phassaparetānaṃ bhavasotānusārinaṃ [F._139] kummaggapaṭipannānaṃ ārā saṃyojanakkhayo. || Sn_III,12.13 ||

737. Ye ca phassaṃ pariññāya aññāya upasame ratā,

te ve phassābhisamayā nicchātā parinibbutā" ti. || Sn_III,12.14 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ vedanāpaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘vedanānan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n'

atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

(144) 738. "Sukhaṃ vā yadi vā dukkhaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ sahā ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca yaṃ kiñci atthi veditaṃ, || Sn_III,12.15 ||

739. etaṃ ‘dukkhan’ ti ñatvāna mosadhammaṃ palokinaṃ phussa phussa vayaṃ passaṃ evaṃ tattha virajjati,

vedanānaṃ khayā bhikkhu nicchāto parinibbuto" ti. || Sn_III,12.16 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ taṇhāpaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘taṇhāya tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

740. "Taṇhādutiyo puriso dīgham addhāna saṃsaraṃ [F._140] itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. || Sn_III,12.17 ||

741. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā taṇhā dukkhassa sambhavaṃ vītataṇho anādāno sato bhikkhu paribbaje" ti. || Sn_III,12.18 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ upādānapaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘upādānānan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n'

atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

742. "Upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhūto dukkhaṃ nigacchati,

jātassa maraṇam hoti, eso dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.19 ||

743. Tasmā upādānakkhayā samma-d-aññāya paṇḍitā jātikkhayaṃ abhiññāya nāgacchanti punabbhavan" ti. || Sn_III,12.20 ||

(145) "‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ ārambhapaccayā' ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘ārambhānan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n'

atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

744. "yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ ārambhapaccayā,

ārambhānaṃ nirodhena n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.21 ||

745. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘dukkhaṃ ārambhapaccayā'

[F._141] sabbārambhaṃ paṭinissajja anārambhe4-vimuttino || Sn_III,12.22 ||

746. ucchinnabhavataṇhassa santacittassa bhikkhuno vitiṇṇo jātisaṃsāro, n’ atthi tassa punabbhavo"

ti. || Sn_III,12.23 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ āhārapaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā,6 ‘āhārānan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

747. "Yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ āhārapaccayā,

āhārānaṃ nirodhena n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.24 ||

748. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘dukkhaṃ āhārapaccayā'

sabbāhāraṃ pariññāya sabbāhāram anissito || Sn_III,12.25 ||

(146) 749. ārogyaṃ samma-d-aññāya āsavānaṃ parikkhayā saṃkhāya sevī dhammaṭṭho saṃkhaṃ na upeti vedagū" ti. || Sn_III,12.26 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ iñjitapaccayā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘iñjitānan tv-eva asesavirāganirodhā n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

[F._142] 750. "Yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhoti, sabbaṃ iñjitapaccayā,

iñjitānaṃ nirodhena n’ atthi dukkhassa sambhavo. || Sn_III,12.27 ||

751. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘dukkhaṃ iñjitapaccayā'

tasmā ejaṃ vossajja saṃkhāre uparundhiya anejo anupādāno sato bhikkhu paribbaje" ti. || Sn_III,12.28 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘nissitassa calitaṃ hotī’ ti ayam ekānupassanā, ‘anissito na calatī’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

752. "Anissito na calati, nissito ca upādiyaṃ itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati. || Sn_III,12.29 ||

753. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā ‘nissayesu mahabbhayaṃ'

anissito anupādāno sato bhikkhu paribbaje" ti. || Sn_III,12.30 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi’ . . . kathañ ca siyā: ‘rūpehi bhikkhave āruppā santatarā’ ti ayam ekānupassanā,

(147) ‘āruppehi nirodho santataro’ ti ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

754. "Ye ca rūpūpagā sattā ye ca āruppavāsino [F._143] nirodhaṃ appajānantā, āgantāro punabbhavaṃ. || Sn_III,12.31 ||

755. Ye ca rūpe pariññāya arūpesu {susaṇṭhitā},

nirodhe ye vimuccanti, te janā maccuhāyino" ti. || Sn_III,12.32 ||

"‘Siyā aññena pi' . . . kathañ ca siyā: yaṃ bhikkhave sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa {sabrahmakassa} sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘idaṃ saccan’ ti upanijjhāyitaṃ,

tadam ariyānaṃ ‘etaṃ musā’ ti yathābhūtaṃ samma-ppaññāya suddiṭṭhaṃ -- ayam ekānupassanā, yaṃ bhikkhave sadevakassa --pe-- sadevamanussāya ‘idaṃ musā’ ti upanijjhāyitaṃ, tadam ariyānaṃ ‘etaṃ saccan’ ti yathābhūtaṃ samma-ppaññāya suddiṭṭhaṃ -- ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā" . . . athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

756. "Anattani attamānaṃ passa lokaṃ sadevakaṃ niviṭṭhaṃ nāmarūpasmiṃ, ‘idaṃ saccan’ ti maññati. || Sn_III,12.33 ||

757. Yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā,

taṃ hi tassa musā hoti, mosadhammaṃ hi ittaraṃ. || Sn_III,12.34 ||

(148) 758. amosadhammaṃ nibbānaṃ, tad ariyā saccato vidū,

te ve saccābhisamayā nicchātā parinibbutā" ti. || Sn_III,12.35 ||

[F._144] "‘Siyā aññena pi pariyāyena sammā-dvayatānupassanā ti, iti ce bhikkhave pucchitāro assu, ‘siyā’ ti 'ssu vacanīyā,

kathañ ca siyā: yaṃ bhikkhave sadevakassa --pe-- sadevamanussāya ‘idaṃ sukhan’ ti upanijjhāyitaṃ, tadam ariyānaṃ ‘etaṃ dukkhan’ ti yathābhūtaṃ samma-ppaññāya suddiṭṭhaṃ -- ayam ekānupassanā, yaṃ bhikkhave sadevakassa . . . sadevamanussāya ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ ti upanijjhāyitaṃ, tadam ariyānaṃ ‘etaṃ sukan’ ti yathābhūtaṃ samma-ppaññāya suddiṭṭhaṃ -- ayaṃ dutiyānupassanā.

Evaṃ sammā-dvayatānupassino kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato dvinnaṃ phalānaṃ aññataraṃ phalaṃ pāṭikaṃkhaṃ9: diṭṭhe va dhamme aññā, sati vā upādisese anāgāmitā" ti.

Idam avoca Bhagavā, idaṃ vatvā Sugato athāparaṃ etad avoca Satthā:

759. "Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā phassā dhammā ca kevalā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā ca, *yāvat’ ‘atthī’ ti* vuccati, || Sn_III,12.36 ||

760. Sadevakassa lokassa ete vo sukhasammatā,

yattha c’ ete nirujjhanti, taṃ nesaṃ dukkhasammataṃ. || Sn_III,12.37 ||

761. ‘Sukhan’ ti diṭṭham ariyehi sakkāyass’ uparodhanaṃ,

#paccanīkam idaṃ hoti# sabbalokena passantaṃ. || Sn_III,12.38 ||

(149) [F._145] 762. Yaṃ pare sukhato āhu, tad ariyā āhu dukkhato,

yaṃ pare dukkhato āhu, tad ariyā sukhato vidū, --

passa dhammaṃ durājānaṃ, sampamūḷh’ ettha aviddasū. || Sn_III,12.39 ||

763. Nivutānaṃ tamo hoti, andhakāro apassataṃ,

satañ ca vivaṭaṃ hoti āloko passatām iva,

santike na vijānanti magā dhammass' akovidā. || Sn_III,12.40 ||

764. Bhavarāgaparetehi bhavasotānusārihi māradheyyānupannehi nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho. || Sn_III,12.41 ||

765. Ko nu aññatra-m-ariyehi padaṃ sambuddhum arahati,

yaṃ padaṃ samma-d-aññāya parinibbanti anāsavā" ti. || Sn_III,12.42 ||

Idam avoca Bhagavā.

Attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanduṃ.

Imasmiṃ kho pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne saṭṭhimattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū ti

DVAYATĀNUPASSANĀSUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(150) Tass’ uddānaṃ: Saccaṃ upadhi avijjañ ca saṃkhārā viññāṇapañcamaṃ, phassa-vedaniyā taṇhā upādānārambhā āhārā iñjite phanditaṃ rūpaṃ sacca-dukkhena soḷasā ti.

Mahāvaggo tatiyo.

Tass’ uddānaṃ: Pabbajjañ ca Padhānañ ca Subha . . . Sundari (tathā) Māghasuttaṃ Sabhiyo ca selo Sallaṃ pavuccati Vāseṭṭho cāpi Kokāli Nālako Dvayatānupassanā, dvādas’ etāni suttāni Mahāvaggo ti vuccatī ti.

(151) [F._146] IV. AṬṬHAKAVAGGA.

1. Kāmasutta.

766. Kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa tassa ce taṃ samijjhati,

addhā pītimano hoti laddhā macco yad icchati. || Sn_IV,1.1 ||

767. Tassa ce kāmayānassa chandajātassa jantuno te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddho va ruppati. || Sn_IV,1.2 ||

768. Yo kāme parivajjeti sappasseva padā siro,

so imaṃ visattikaṃ loke sato samativattati. || Sn_IV,1.3 ||

769. Khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ thiyo bandhū puthu kāme yo naro anugijjhati, || Sn_IV,1.4 ||

770. abalā va naṃ balīyanti, maddante naṃ parissayā,

tato naṃ dukkham anveti nāvaṃ bhinnam ivodakaṃ. || Sn_IV,1.5 ||

771. Tasmā jantu sadā sato kāmāni parivajjaye.

te pahāya tare oghaṃ nāvaṃ siñcitvā pāragū ti || Sn_IV,1.6 ||

KĀMASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._147] 2. Guhaṭṭhakasutta.

772. Satto guhāyaṃ bahunābhichanno tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho,|

(152) dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so,

kāmā hi loke na he suppahāyā. || Sn_IV,2.1 ||

773. Icchānidānā bhavasātabaddhā te duppamuñcā, na hi aññamokkhā pacchā pure vā pi apekhamānā ime va kāme purime va jappaṃ. || Sn_IV,2.2 ||

774. Kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti:

"kiṃ su bhavissāma ito cutāse". || Sn_IV,2.3 ||

775. Tasmā hi sikkhetha idh’ eva jantu:

yaṃ kiñci jaññā ‘visaman’ ti loke,

na tassa hetu visamaṃ careyya,

appaṃ hi taṃ jīvitaṃ āhu dhīrā. || Sn_IV,2.4 ||

776. Passāmi loke pariphandamānaṃ pajaṃ imaṃ taṇhāgataṃ bhavesu,

hīnā narā maccumukhe lapanti avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesu. || Sn_IV,2.5 ||

777. Mamāyite passatha phandamāne macche va appodake khīṇasote,

etam pi disvā amamo careyya bhavesu āsattim akubbamāno. || Sn_IV,2.6 ||

778. Ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho,

yad attagarahī, tad akubbamāno na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro. || Sn_IV,2.7 ||

(153) [F._148] 779. Saññaṃ pariññā vitareyya oghaṃ pariggahesu muni nopalitto abbūḷhasallo caraṃ appamatto nāsiṃsati lokam imaṃ parañ cā ti || Sn_IV,2.8 ||

GUHAṬṬHAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

3. Duṭṭhaṭṭhakasutta.

780. Vadanti ve duṭṭhamanā pi eke,

atho pi ve saccamanā vadanti,

vādañ ca jātaṃ muni no upeti,

tasmā munī n’ atthi khilo kuhiñci. || Sn_IV,3.1 ||

781. Sakaṃ hi diṭṭhiṃ katham accayeyya chandānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno:

yathā hi jāneyya, tathā vadeyya. || Sn_IV,3.2 ||

782. Yo attano sīlavatāni jantu anānupuṭṭho ca paresa pāvā,

anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tam āhu,

yo ātumānaṃ sayam eva pāvā. || Sn_IV,3.3 ||

783. Santo ca bhikkhu abhinibbutatto "iti 'han" ti sīlesu akatthamāno, --

tam ariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti,

yass’ ussadā n’ atthi kuhiñci loke. || Sn_IV,3.4 ||

(154) 784. Pakappitā saṃkhatā yassa dhammā purakkhatā santi avīvadātā,

yad attanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ,

taṃ nissito kuppapaṭiccasantiṃ7 || Sn_IV,3.5 ||

[F._149] 785. Diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ,

tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu nirassati ādiyati-cca dhammaṃ. || Sn_IV,3.6 ||

786. dhonassa hī n’ atthi kuhiñci loke pakappitā diṭṭhi bhavābhavesu,

māyañ ca mānañ ca pahāya dhono sa kena gaccheyya: anūpayo so. || Sn_IV,3.7 ||

787. Upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṃ,

anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyya,

attaṃ nirattaṃ na hi tassa atthi:

adhosi so diṭṭhi-m-idh’ eva sabbā ti || Sn_IV,3.8 ||

DUṬṬHAṬṬHAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

4. Suddhaṭṭhakasutta.

788. ‘Passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ {arogaṃ},

diṭṭhena saṃsuddhi narassa hoti'

etābhijānaṃ19 ‘paraman’ ti ñatvā suddhānupassī ti pacceti ñāṇaṃ. || Sn_IV,4.1 ||

(155) 789. Diṭṭhena ce suddhi narassa hoti,

ñāṇena vā so pajahāti dukkhaṃ,

aññena so sujjhati sopadhīko,

diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadānaṃ. || Sn_IV,4.2 ||

790. Na brāhmaṇo aññato suddhim āha diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā,

puññe ca pāpe ca anūpalitto attañjaho na-y-idha pakubbamāno. || Sn_IV,4.3 ||

[F._150] 791. Purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse ejānugā *te na* taranti saṅgaṃ,

te uggahāyanti nirassajanti kapīva sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāya. || Sn_IV,4.4 ||

792. Sayaṃ samādāya vatāni jantu uccāvacaṃ gacchati saññasatto,

vidvā ca vedehi samecca dhammaṃ na uccāvacaṃ gacchati bhūripañño. || Sn_IV,4.5 ||

793. Sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā,

tam evadassiṃ vivaṭaṃ carantaṃ kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyya. || Sn_IV,4.6 ||

794. Na kappayanti, na purekkharonti,

"accantasuddhī" ti na te vadanti,|

(156) ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja āsaṃ na kubbanti kuhiñci loke. || Sn_IV,4.7 ||

795. Sīmātigo brāhmaṇo, tassa n’ atthi ñatvā va disvā va samuggahītaṃ,

na rāgarāgī na virāgaratto,

tassīdha n’ atthī param uggahītan ti || Sn_IV,4.8 ||

SUDDHAṬṬHAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

5. Paramaṭṭhakasutta.

796. ‘Paraman’ ti diṭṭhīsu paribbasāno yad uttariṃkurute jantu loke,

"hīnā" ti aññe tato sabba-m-āha:

tasmā vivādāni avītivatto. || Sn_IV,5.1 ||

[F._151] 797. Yad attanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā,

tad eva so tattha samuggahāya nihīnato passati sabbam aññaṃ. || Sn_IV,5.2 ||

798. Taṃ vāpi ganthaṃ kusalā vadanti,

yaṃ nissito passati hīnam aññaṃ,

tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ mutaṃ vā sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyya. || Sn_IV,5.3 ||

(157) 799. Diṭṭhim pi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vā pi,

‘samo’ ti attānaṃ anūpaneyya ‘hīno’ na maññetha ‘visesi’ vā pi.5 || Sn_IV,5.4 ||

800. Attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno ñāṇe pi so nissayaṃ no karoti,

sā ve viyattesu na vaggasārī,

diṭṭhim pi so na pacceti kiñci. || Sn_IV,5.5 ||

801. Yassūbhayante paṇidhīdha n’ atthi bhavābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā,

nivesanā tassa na santi keci dhammesu niccheyya samugahītā, || Sn_IV,5.6 ||

802. tassīdha diṭṭhe va sute mute vā pakappitā n’ atthi aṇū pi saññā:

taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhim anādiyānaṃ kenīdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyya. || Sn_IV,5.7 ||

803. Na kappayanti na purekkharonti,

dhammā pi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse, |

(158) [F._152] na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo,

pāraṃgato na pacceti tādi ti || Sn_IV,5.8 ||

PARAMAṬṬHAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

6. Jarāsutta.

804. Appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ,

oraṃ vassasatā pi miyyati,

yo ce pi aticca jīvati,

atha kho so jarasā pi miyyati. || Sn_IV,6.1 ||

805. Socanti janā mamāyite,

na hi santi niccā pariggahā,

vinābhāvasantam ev’ idaṃ,

iti disvā nāgāram āvase. || Sn_IV,6.2 ||

806. Maraṇena pi tam pahīyati,

yaṃ puriso10 ‘mama-y-idan' ti maññati, --

evam pi viditvā paṇḍito na mamattāya nametha māmako. || Sn_IV,6.3 ||

807. Supinena yathā pi saṅgataṃ paṭibuddho puriso na passati,|

(159) evam pi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ petaṃ kālakataṃ na passati. || Sn_IV,6.4 ||

808. Diṭṭhā pi sutā pi te janā,

yesaṃ nāmam idaṃ pavuccati:

nāmam evāvasissati akkheyyaṃ petassa jantuno. || Sn_IV,6.5 ||

[F._153] 809. sokapāridevamaccharaṃ na jahanti giddhā mamāyite,

tasmā munayo pariggahaṃ hitvā acariṃsu khemadassino. || Sn_IV,6.6 ||

810. Patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno bhajamānassa vivittamānasaṃ sāmaggiyam āhu tassa taṃ,

yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye. || Sn_IV,6.7 ||

811. sabbattha mani anissito na piyaṃ kubbati no pi appiyaṃ,

tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ paṇṇe vāri yathā na lippati. || Sn_IV,6.8 ||

812. Udabindu yathā pi pokkhare padume vāri yathā na lippati,

evaṃ muni nopalippati yad idaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vā. || Sn_IV,6.9 ||

(160) 813. Dhono na hi tena maññati yad idaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vā,

na aññena visuddhim icchati:

na hi so rajjati no virajjatī ti || Sn_IV,6.10 ||

JARĀSUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

7. TISSAMETTEYYASUTTAṂ.

814. "Methunam anuyuttassa icc-āyasmā Tisso Metteyyo vighātaṃ brūhi {mārisa},

sutvāna tava sāsanaṃ viveke sikkhissāmase". || Sn_IV,7.1 ||

[F._154] 815. "Methunam anuyuttassa Metteyyā ti Bhagavā mussat’ evāpi sāsanaṃ,

micchā ca paṭipajjati, etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriyaṃ. || Sn_IV,7.2 ||

816. Eko pubbe caritvāna methunaṃ yo nisevati,

yānaṃ bhantaṃ va taṃ loke hīnam āhu putujjanaṃ. || Sn_IV,7.3 ||

817. Yaso kitti ca yā pubbe, hāyat’ evāpi tassa sā,

etam pi disvā sikkhetha methunaṃ vippahātave. || Sn_IV,7.4 ||

818. Saṃkappehi pareto so kapaṇo viya jhāyati,

sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ maṃku hoti tathāvidho. || Sn_IV,7.5 ||

819. Atha satthāni Kurute paravādehi codito,

esa khv-assa mahāgedho: mosavajjaṃ pagāhati. || Sn_IV,7.6 ||

820. Paṇḍito ti samaññāto ekacariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito,

athāpi methune yutto mando va parikissati. || Sn_IV,7.7 ||

(161) 821. Etam ādīnavaṃ ñatvā muni pubbāpare idha ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, na nisevetha methunaṃ. || Sn_IV,7.8 ||

[F._155] 822. Vivekaṃ yeva sikkhetha, *etad ariyānam* uttamaṃ,

#tena seṭṭho na# maññetha, sa ve nibbānasantike. || Sn_IV,7.9 ||

823. Rittassa munino carato kāmesu anapekhino oghatiṇṇassa pihayanti kāmesu gathitā pajā" ti. || Sn_IV,7.10 ||

TISSAMETTEYYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

8. Pasūrasutta.

824. "Idh’ eva suddhi" iti vādiyanti,

nāññesu dhammesu visuddhim āhu,

yaṃ nissitā, tatthā subhaṃ vadānā paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā. || Sn_IV,8.1 ||

825. Te vādakāmā parisaṃ vigayha bālaṃ dahanti mithu aññamaññaṃ,

vadenti te aññasitā kathojjaṃ pasaṃsakāmā kusalā vadānā. || Sn_IV,8.2 ||

826. Yutto kathāyaṃ parisāya majjhe pasaṃsam icchaṃ vinighāti hoti,

apāhatasmiṃ pana maṃku hoti,

nindāya so kuppati randhamesī. || Sn_IV,8.3 ||

(162) 827. Yam assa vādaṃ parihīnam āhu apāhataṃ pañhavīmaṃsakāse,

[F._156] paridevati socati hīnavādo,

‘upaccagā man’ ti anutthuṇāti. || Sn_IV,8.4 ||

828. Ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā,

etesu ugghāti nighāti hoti,

etam pi disvā virame kathojjam,

na h’ aññadatth’ atthi pasaṃsalābhā. || Sn_IV,8.5 ||

829. pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe,

so hassati uṇṇamati-cca tena pappuyya tam atthaṃ yathā mano ahū.13 || Sn_IV,8.6 ||

830. Yā uṇṇati, sāssa vighātabhūmi,

mānātimānaṃ vadate pan’ eso,

*etam pi disvā na vivādayethā,*

na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti. || Sn_IV,8.7 ||

831. sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho abhigajjam eti paṭisūram icchaṃ,

yen’ eva so tena palehi sūra,

pubbe va n’ atthi yad idaṃ yudhāya. || Sn_IV,8.8 ||

832. Ye diṭṭhim uggayha vivādiyanti "idam eva saccan" ti ca vādiyanti,|

(163) te tvaṃ vadassu, an hi te 'dha atthi vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā. || Sn_IV,8.9 ||

833. Visenikatvā pana ye caranti diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhim avirujjhamānā,

tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetho Pasūra,

yes’ īdha n’ atthi param uggahītaṃ. || Sn_IV,8.10 ||

[F._157.] 834. Atha tvaṃ pavitakkam āgamā manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto,

dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā,

na hi tvaṃ sagghasi sampayātave ti || Sn_IV,8.11 ||

PASŪRASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

9. Māgandiyasutta.

835. "disvāna Taṇhaṃ Aratiṃ Ragañ ca nāhosi chando api methunasmiṃ kim ev’ edaṃ muttakarīsapuṇṇaṃ,

pādā pi naṃ samphusitaṃ na icche". || Sn_IV,9.1 ||

(164) 836. "Etādisañ ce ratanam na icchasi nāriṃ narindehi bahūhi patthitaṃ,

diṭṭhigataṃ silavatānujīvitaṃ bhavīpapattiñ ca vadesi kīdisaṃ". || Sn_IV,9.2 ||

837. "Idaṃ vadāmī’ ti na tassa hoti Māgandiyā ti Bhagavā dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ,

passañ ca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya ajjhattasantiṃ pacinaṃ adassaṃ". || Sn_IV,9.3 ||

838. "Vinicchayā yāni pakappitāni,

iti Māgandiyo te ve muni brūsi anuggahāya,

‘ajjhattasantī’ ti yam etam atthaṃ kathan nu dhīrehi paveditaṃ taṃ". || Sn_IV,9.4 ||

839. "Na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena,

Māgandiyā ti Bhagavā sīlabbatenāpi *na suddhim* āha adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā aññāṇā [F._158.] asīlatā abbatā no pi tena,

ete ca nissajja anuggahāya santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe". || Sn_IV,9.5 ||

840. "No ce kira diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena iti Māgandiyo sīlabbatenāpi visuddhim {āha}|

(165) adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā aññāṇā asīlatā abbatā no pi tena,

maññe-m-ahaṃ momuham eva {dhammaṃ},

diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhiṃ". || Sn_IV,9.6 ||

841. "Diṭṭhiñ ca nissāya anupucchamāno Māgandiyā ti Bhagavā samuggahītesu pamoham āgā ito ca nāddakkhi aṇum pi saññaṃ,

tasmā tuvaṃ momuhato dahāsi. || Sn_IV,9.7 ||

842. Samo visesī uda vā nihīno yo maññatī, so vivadetha tena,

tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno --

‘samo, visesī' ti na tassa hoti. || Sn_IV,9.8 ||

843. ‘Saccan’ ti so brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya,

‘musā’ ti vā so vivadetha kena:

yasmiṃ samaṃ visamañ cāpi n’ atthi,

sa kena vādaṃ paṭisaṃyujeyya. || Sn_IV,9.9 ||

844. Okam pahāya aniketasārī gāme akubbaṃ muni santhavāni kāmehi ritto apurekkharāno kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā, || Sn_IV,9.10 ||

845. Yehi vivitto vicareyya loke,

na tāni uggayha vadeyya nāgo:|

(166) [F._159] elambujaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ vārijaṃ yathā jalena paṃkena c’ anūpalittaṃ,

evaṃ munī santivādo agiddho kāme ca loke ca anūpalitto. || Sn_IV,9.11 ||

846. Na vedagū diṭṭhiyā na mutiyā sa mānam eti, na hi tammayo so,

na kammanā no pi sutena neyyo anūpanīto so nivesanesu. || Sn_IV,9.12 ||

847. Saññāvirattassa na santi ganthā,

paññāvimuttassa na santi mohā:

saññañ ca diṭṭhiñ ca ye aggahesuṃ,

te ghaṭṭayantā vicaranti loke" ti || Sn_IV,9.13 ||

MĀGANDIYASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

10. Purābhedasutta.

848. "Kathaṃdassī kathaṃsīlo upasanto ti vuccati,

tam me Gotama pabrūhi pucchito uttamaṃ naraṃ". || Sn_IV,10.1 ||

849. "Vitataṇho purā bhedā ti Bhagavā pubbam antam anissito vemajjhe nūpasaṃkheyyo, tassa n’ atthi purekkhataṃ. || Sn_IV,10.2 ||

(167) 850. Akkodhano asantāsī, avikatthī akukkuco,

mantabhāṇī anuddhato, sa ve vācāyato muni. || Sn_IV,10.3 ||

[F._160] 851. Nirāsatti anāgate atītaṃ nānusocati,

vivekadassī phassesu diṭṭhīsu ca na niyyati, || Sn_IV,10.4 ||

852. patilīno akuhako, apihālu amaccharī,

appagabbho ajeguccho, pesuṇeyye ca no yuto, || Sn_IV,10.5 ||

853. sātiyesu anassāvī atimāne ca no yuto,

saṇho ca paṭibhānavā, na saddho na virajjati, || Sn_IV,10.6 ||

854. lābhakamyā na sikkhati, alābhe na ca kuppati,

aviruddho ca taṇhāya rase ca nānugijjhati, || Sn_IV,10.7 ||

855. upekhako sadā sato na loke maññate samaṃ na visesī na nīceyyo, tassa no santi ussadā. || Sn_IV,10.8 ||

856. Yassa nissayatā n’ atthi, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito bhavāya vibhavāya vā taṇhā yassa na vijjati, || Sn_IV,10.9 ||

857. taṃ brūmi upasanto ti kāmesu anapekhinaṃ,

ganthā tassa na vijjanti, atāri so visattikaṃ. || Sn_IV,10.10 ||

[F._161] 858. Na tassa puttā pasavo vā khettaṃ vatthuṃ na vijjati,|

(168) attaṃ vā pi nirattaṃ vā na tasmiṃ upalabbhati. || Sn_IV,10.11 ||

859. Yena naṃ vajju puthujjanā atho samaṇabrāhmaṇā,

taṃ tassa apurekkhataṃ, tasmā vādesu n’ ejati. || Sn_IV,10.12 ||

860. Vītagedho amaccharī na ussesu vadate muni na samesu na omesu, kappaṃ n’ eti akappiyo. || Sn_IV,10.13 ||

861. Yassa loke sakaṃ n’ atthi, asatā ca na socati,

dhammesu ca na gacchati, sa ve santo ti vuccatī" ti || Sn_IV,10.14 ||

PURĀBHEDASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

11. Kalahavivādasutta.

862. "Kuto pahūtā kalahā vivādā puridevasokā sahamaccharā ca mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca,

kuto pahūtā te, tad iṃgha brūhi". || Sn_IV,11.1 ||

863. "Piyā pahūtā kalahā vivādā paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca [F._162] mānātimānā sahapesuṇā ca,

macchariyayuttā kalahā vivādā vivādajātesu ca pesuṇāni". || Sn_IV,11.2 ||

(169) 864. "Piyā su lokasmiṃ kutonidānā ye vā pi lobhā vicaranti loke,

āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā,

ye samparāyāya narassa honti". || Sn_IV,11.3 ||

865. "Chandānidānāni piyāni loke ye vā pi lobhā vicaranti loke,

āsā ca niṭṭhā ca itonidānā,

ye samparāyāya narassa honti". || Sn_IV,11.4 ||

866. "Chando nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno,

vinicchayā vā pi kuto pahūtā kodho mosavajjañ ca kathaṃkathā ca ye vā pi dhammā samaṇena vuttā". || Sn_IV,11.5 ||

867. "‘Sātaṃ, asātan’ ti yam āhu loke,

tam ūpanissāya pahoti chando,

rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañ ca vinicchayaṃ kurute jantu loke. || Sn_IV,11.6 ||

868. Kodho mosavajjañ ca kathaṃkathā ca ete pi dhammā dvaya-m-eva sante:

kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe,

ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammā". || Sn_IV,11.7 ||

869. "Sātaṃ asātañ ca kutonidānā,

kismiṃ asante na bhavanti h’ ete,

‘vibbavaṃ bhavañ cāpi’ yam etam attaṃ,

etam me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ". || Sn_IV,11.8 ||

870. "Phassanidānaṃ sātaṃ asātaṃ,

phasse asante na bhavanti h’ ete,|

(170) [F._163] ‘vibhavaṃ bhavañ cāpi’ yam etam atthaṃ,

etaṃ te pabrūmi itonidānaṃ". || Sn_IV,11.9 ||

871. "Phasso nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno,

pariggahā vā pi kuto pahūtā,

kismiṃ asante na mamattam atthi,

kismiṃ vibhūte na phusanti phassā". || Sn_IV,11.10 ||

872. "Nāmañ ca rūpañ ca paṭicca phassā,

icchānidānāni pariggahāni,

icchā na santyā na mamattam atthi,

rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā". || Sn_IV,11.11 ||

873. "Kathaṃsametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ,

sukhaṃ dukhaṃ vā pi kathaṃ vibhoti,

etam me pabrūhi yathā vibhoti,

‘taṃ jāniyāma’ iti me mano ahū". || Sn_IV,11.12 ||

874. "Na saññasaññī na visaññasaññi no pi asaññī na vibhūtasaññī, --

evaṃsametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ,

saññānidānā hi papañcasaṃkhā". || Sn_IV,11.13 ||

875. "Yan tam apucchimha, akittayī no,

aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma, tad iṃgha brūhi:|

(171) ettāvat’ aggaṃ no vadanti h’ eke yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse,

udāhu aññam pi vadanti etto". || Sn_IV,11.14 ||

876. "Ettāvat’ aggam pi vadanti h’ eke yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse,

[F._164] tesaṃ pun' eke samayaṃ vadanti anupādisese kusalā vadānā. || Sn_IV,11.15 ||

877. Ete ca ñatvā ‘upanissitā’ ti ñatvā munī nissaye so vimaṃsī,

ñatvā vimutto na vivādam eti bhavābhavāya na sameti dhīro" ti || Sn_IV,11.16 ||

KALAHAVIVĀDASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

12. Cūḷaviyūhasutta.

878. "Sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhi paribbasānā viggayha nānā kusalā vadanti:

‘yo evaṃ jānāti, sa vedi dhammaṃ,

idam paṭikkosam akevalī so.’ || Sn_IV,12.1 ||

879. Evam pi viggayha vivādiyanti,

‘bālo paro akusalo’ ti cāhu,

sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ,

sabbe va h’ ime kusalā vadānā". || Sn_IV,12.2 ||

(172) 880. "Parassa ce dhammam anānujānaṃ bālo mago hoti nihīnapañño,

sabbe va bālā sunihīnapaññā,

sabbe v’ ime diṭṭhi paribbasānā. || Sn_IV,12.3 ||

881. Sandiṭṭhiyā ce pana vīvadātā saṃsuddhapaññā kusalā mutīmā,

na tesaṃ koci parihīnapañño,

diṭṭhi hi tesam pi tathā samattā. || Sn_IV,12.4 ||

[F._165] 882. Na vāham ‘etaṃ tathiyan' ti brūmi,

yam āhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ:

sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhim akaṃsu saccaṃ,

tasmā hi ‘bālo’ ti paraṃ dahanti". || Sn_IV,12.5 ||

883. "Yam āhu ‘saccaṃ tathiyan’ ti eke,

tam āhu aññe ‘tucchaṃ musā’ ti,

evam pi viggayha vivādiyanti,

kasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti". || Sn_IV,12.6 ||

884. "Ekaṃ hi saccaṃ na dutīyam atthi,

yasmiṃ pajāno vivade pajānaṃ,

nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti,

tasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti". || Sn_IV,12.7 ||

(173) 885. "Kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā pavādiyāse kusalā vadānā:

saccāni su tāni bahūni nānā,

udāhu te takkam anussaranti". || Sn_IV,12.8 ||

886. "Na h’ eva saccāni bahūni nānā,

aññatra saññāya niccāni loke,

takkañ ca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā ‘saccaṃ, musā’ ti dvayadhammam āhu. || Sn_IV,12.9 ||

887. Diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā ete ca nissāya vimānadassī vinicchaye ṭhatva pahassamāno ‘bālo paro akusalo’ ti cāha. || Sn_IV,12.10 ||

888. Yen’ eva ‘bālo’ ti paraṃ dahāti,

tenātumānaṃ ‘kusalo’ ti cāha:

sayam attanā so kusalo vadāno aññaṃ vimāneti, tath' eva pāvā. || Sn_IV,12.11 ||

[F._166] 889. Atīsaraṃdiṭṭhiyā so samatto mānena matto paripuṇṇamānī sayam eva sāmaṃ manasābhisitto,

diṭṭhī hi sā tassa tathā samattā. || Sn_IV,12.12 ||

890. Parassa ce hi vacasā nihīno,

tumo sahā hoti nihīnapañño:

atha ce sayaṃ vedagū hoti dhīro,

na koci bālo samaṇesu atthi. || Sn_IV,12.13 ||

(174) 891. ‘Aññaṃ ito yābhivadanti dhammaṃ,

aparaddhā suddhim akevalīno,'2

evaṃ hi tithyā puthuso vadanti,

sandiṭṭhirāgena *hi te* 'bhirattā. || Sn_IV,12.14 ||

892. ‘Idh’ eva suddhi' iti vādiyanti,

nāññesu dhammesu visuddhim āhu,

evam pi tithyā puthuso niviṭṭhā sakāyane tattha daḷhaṃ vadānā. || Sn_IV,12.15 ||

893. Sakāyane cāpi daḷhaṃ vadāno kam ettha ‘bālo’ ti paraṃ daheyya:

sayam eva so medhakaṃ āvaheyya paraṃ vadaṃ bālam asuddhidhammaṃ. || Sn_IV,12.16 ||

894. Vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya uddhaṃ so lokasmiṃ vivādam eti,

hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni na medhakaṃ kurute jantu loke" ti || Sn_IV,12.17 ||

CŪḶAVIYŪHASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

[F._167] 13. Mahāviyūhasutta.

895. "Ye kec’ ime diṭṭhi paribbasānā ‘idam eva saccan’ ti vivādiyanti,

sabbe va te nindam anvānayanti atho pasaṃsam pi labhanti tattha". || Sn_IV,13.1 ||

(175) 896. "Appaṃ hi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya,

duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi,

etam pi disvā na vivādiyetha khemābhipassaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ. || Sn_IV,13.2 ||

897. Yā kāc’ imā sammutiyo puthujjā,

sabbā va etā na upeti vidvā,

anūpayo so upayaṃ kim eyya diṭṭhe sute khantim akubbamāno. || Sn_IV,13.3 ||

898. Sīluttamā saññamenāhu suddhiṃ vataṃ samādāya upaṭṭhitāse ‘idh’ eva sikkema, ath’ assa suddhiṃ' bhavūpanītā kusalā vadānā. || Sn_IV,13.4 ||

899. Sace cuto sīlavatāto hoti,

sa vedhati kammaṃ virādhayitvā,

sa jappati paṭṭhayatīdha suddhiṃ satthā va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā. || Sn_IV,13.5 ||

900. Sīlabbataṃ vāpi pahāya sabbaṃ kammañ ca sāvajjanavajjam etaṃ|

(176) ‘suddhī, asuddhī' ti apattayāno virato care santim anuggahāya. || Sn_IV,13.6 ||

[F._168] 901. Tapūpanissāya jigucchitaṃ vā atha vā pi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā uddhaṃsarā suddhim anutthuṇanti avītataṇhāse bhavābhavesu. || Sn_IV,13.7 ||

902. Patthayamānassa hi jappitāni saṃvedhitaṃ cāpi pakappitesu:

cutūpapāto idha yassa n’ atthi,

sa kena vedheyya kuhiñ ca jappe. || Sn_IV,13.8 ||

903. "Yam āhu dhammaṃ ‘paraman’ ti {eke},

tam eva ‘hīnan’ ti panāhu aññe:

sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ,

sabbe va hīme kusalā vadānā. || Sn_IV,13.9 ||

904. Sakaṃ hi dhammaṃ paripuṇṇam āhu *aññassa dhammaṃ pana hīnam āhu,*

evam pi viggayha vivādiyanti sakaṃ sakaṃ sammutim āhu saccaṃ". || Sn_IV,13.10 ||

905. "Parassa ce vambhayitena hīno,

na koci dhammesu visesi assa,

puthū hi aññassa vadanti dhammaṃ nihīnato samhi daḷhaṃ vadānā. || Sn_IV,13.11 ||

(177) 906. Sadhammapūjā ca panā tath’ eva:

yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni,

sabbe va vādā thathivā bhaveyyuṃ,

suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattam eva. || Sn_IV,13.12 ||

907. Na brāhmaṇassa paraneyyam atthi dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ,

tasmā vivādāni upātivatto,

na hi seṭṭhato passati dhammam aññaṃ. || Sn_IV,13.13 ||

[F._169] 908. ‘Jānāmi passāmi, tath’ eva etaṃ'

diṭṭhiyā eke paccenti suddhiṃ:

addakkhi ce, kiṃ hi tumassa tena,

atisitvā aññena vadantī suddhiṃ. || Sn_IV,13.14 ||

909. Passaṃ naro dakkhiti nāmarūpaṃ,

disvāna vāññassati tāni-m-eva:

kāmaṃ bahuṃ passatu appakaṃ vā,

na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti. || Sn_IV,13.15 ||

910. Nivissavādī na hi suddhināyo pakappitaṃ diṭṭhi purekkharāno,

yaṃ nissito, tattha subhaṃ vadāno suddhiṃvado tattha tath’ addasā so. || Sn_IV,13.16 ||

911. Na brāhmaṇo kappam upeti saṃkhaṃ na diṭṭhisārī na pi ñāṇabandhu,|

(178) ñatvā ca so sammutiyo puthujjā upekhati, uggahaṇanta-m-aññe. || Sn_IV,13.17 ||

912. Visajja ganthāni munīdha loke vivādajātesu na vaggasārī santo asantesu upekkhako so anuggaho, uggahaṇanta-m-aññe. || Sn_IV,13.18 ||

913. Pubbāsave hitvā nave akubbaṃ na chandagū no pi nivissavādo,

sa vippamutto diṭṭhigatehi dhīro na lippati loke anattagarahī. || Sn_IV,13.19 ||

[F._170] 914. Sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto,

yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā,

sa pannabhāro muni vippayutto na kappiyo nūparato na patthiyo"18 ti Bhagavā ti || Sn_IV,13.20 ||

MAHĀVIYŪHASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

(179) 14. Tuṭaṭakasutta.

915. "Pucchāmi taṃ Adiccabandhaṃ vivekaṃ santipadañ ca mahesiṃ:

kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu anupādiyāno lokasmiṃ kiñci". || Sn_IV,14.1 ||

916. "Mūlaṃ papañcasaṃkhāyā ti Bhagavā ‘mantā asmī' ti sabbam uparundhe,

yā kāci taṇhā ajjhattaṃ,

tāsaṃ vinayā sadā sato sikkhe. || Sn_IV,14.2 ||

917. Yaṃ kiñci dhammam abhijaññā ajjhattam atha vā pi bahiddhā,

na tena thāmaṃ kubbetha,

na hi sā nibbuti sataṃ vuttā: || Sn_IV,14.3 ||

918. seyyo na tena maññeyya nīceyyo atha vā pi sarikkho, --

puṭṭho anekarūpehi nātumānaṃ vikappayan tiṭṭhe. || Sn_IV,14.4 ||

919. Ajjhattam eva upasame,

nāññato bhikkhu santim eseyya:

ajjhattaṃ upasantassa n’ atthi attā, kuto nirattaṃ vā. || Sn_IV,14.5 ||

(180) [F._171] 920. Majjhe yathā samuddassa ūmi no jāyatī, ṭhito hoti,

evaṃ ṭhito onej’ assa:

ussadaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci". || Sn_IV,14.6 ||

921. "Akittayi vivaṭacakkhu sakkhi dhammaṃ parissayavinayaṃ,

paṭipadaṃ vadehi, bhaddan te,

pātimokkhaṃ atha vā pi samādhiṃ". || Sn_IV,14.7 ||

922. "Cakkhūhi n’ eva lol’ assa,

gāmakathāya āvaraye sotaṃ,

rase ca nānugijjheyya,

na ca mamāyetha kiñci lokasmiṃ. || Sn_IV,14.8 ||

923. Phassena yadā phuṭṭh' assa,

paridevaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci,

bhavañ ca nābhijappeyya bheravesu ca na sampavedheyya. || Sn_IV,14.9 ||

924. Annānam atho pānānaṃ khādaniyānaṃ atho pi vatthānaṃ laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirā,

na ca parittase tāni alabhamāno. || Sn_IV,14.10 ||

925. Jhāyī na pādalol’ assa,

virame kukkuccaṃ, na-ppamajjeyya,

atha āsanesu sayanesu appasaddesu bhikkhu vihareyya. || Sn_IV,14.11 ||

(181) 926. Niddaṃ na bahulīkareyya,

jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya ātāpī,

tandiṃ māyaṃ hassaṃ khiḍḍaṃ methunaṃ vippajahe savibhūsaṃ. || Sn_IV,14.12 ||

[F._172] 927. Āthabbaṇaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ no vidahe atho pi nakkhattaṃ,

virutañ ca gabbhakaraṇaṃ tikicchaṃ māmako na seveyya. || Sn_IV,14.13 ||

928. Nindāya na-ppavedheyya,

na uṇṇameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu,

lobhaṃ saha macchariyena kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañ ca panudeyya. || Sn_IV,14.14 ||

929. Kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya,

upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci,

gāme ca nābhisajjeyya,

lābhakamyā janaṃ na lāpayeyya. || Sn_IV,14.15 ||

930. Na ca katthitā siyā bhikkhu,

na ca vācaṃ payutaṃ bhāseyya,

pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya,

kathaṃ viggākikaṃ na kathayeyya. || Sn_IV,14.16 ||

931. Mosavajje na niyyetha,

sampajāno saṭhāni na kayirā,|

(182) atha jīvitena paññāya sīlavatena nāññam atimaññe. || Sn_IV,14.17 ||

932. Sutvā rusito bahuṃ vācaṃ samaṇānaṃ puthuvacanānaṃ pharusena ne na paṭivajjā,

na hi santo paṭisenikaronti. || Sn_IV,14.18 ||

933. Etañ ca dhammam aññāya vicinaṃ bhikkhu sadā sato sikkhe,

[F._173] ‘santī’ ti nibbutiṃ ñatvā sāsane Gotamassa na-ppamajjeyya. || Sn_IV,14.19 ||

934. Abhibhū hi so anabhibhūto sakkhi dhammaṃ anītiham adassī tasmā hi tassa Bhagavato sāsane appamatto sadā namassam anusikkhe"

ti Bhagavā ti || Sn_IV,14.20 ||

TUVAṬAKASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

15. Attadaṇḍasutta.

935. "Attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhakaṃ,

saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā. || Sn_IV,15.1 ||

(183) 936. Phandamānaṃ pajaṃ disvā macche appodake yathā aññamaññehi vyāruddhe disvā maṃ bhayam āvisi. || Sn_IV,15.2 ||

937. Samantaṃ asaro loko, disā sabbā sameritā,

icchaṃ bhavanam attano nāddasāsiṃ anositaṃ, || Sn_IV,15.3 ||

938. osāne tv-eva vyāruddhe disvā me aratī ahu, --

ath’ ettha sallaṃ addakkhiṃ duddasaṃ hadayanissitaṃ. || Sn_IV,15.4 ||

939. Yena sallena otiṇṇo disā sabbā vidhāvati,

[F._174] tam eva sallaṃ abbuyha na dhāvati, nisīdati. || Sn_IV,15.5 ||

940. Tattha sikkhānugīyanti:

Yāni loke gathitāni, na tesu pasuto siyā,

nibbijjha sabbaso kāme sikkhe nibbānam attano. || Sn_IV,15.6 ||

941. Sacco siyā appagabbho amāyo rittapesuṇo akkodhano, lobhapāpaṃ vevicchaṃ vitare muni. || Sn_IV,15.7 ||

942. Niddaṃ tandiṃ sahe thīnaṃ, pamādena na saṃvase,

atimāne na tiṭṭheyya nibbānamanaso naro. || Sn_IV,15.8 ||

(184) 943. Mosavajje na niyyetha, rūpe snehaṃ na kubbaye,

mānañ ca parijāneyya, sāhasā virato care. || Sn_IV,15.9 ||

944. Purāṇaṃ nābhinandeyya, nave khantiṃ na kubbaye,

hīyamāne na soceyya, ākāsaṃ na sito siyā. || Sn_IV,15.10 ||

945. Gedhaṃ brūmi "mahogho" ti, ājavaṃ brūmi jappanaṃ,

ārammaṇaṃ pakappanaṃ, kāmapaṃko duraccayo. || Sn_IV,15.11 ||

[F._175] 946. Saccā avokkamma muni thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo,

sabbaṃ so paṭinissajja sa ve santo ti vuccati, || Sn_IV,15.12 ||

947. sa ve vidvā, sa vedagū, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito sammā so loke iriyāno na pihetīdha kassaci. || Sn_IV,15.13 ||

948. Yo 'dha kāme accatari saṃgaṃ loke duraccayaṃ,

na so socati nājjheti chinnasoto abandhano. || Sn_IV,15.14 ||

949. Yaṃ pubbe, taṃ visosehi, pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ,

majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasi. || Sn_IV,15.15 ||

950. Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ yassa n’ atthi mamāyitaṃ,

asatā ca na socati, sa ve loke na jiyyati. || Sn_IV,15.16 ||

951. Yassa n’ atthi ‘idam me’ ti ‘paresaṃ’ vā pi kiñcanaṃ,

mamattaṃ so asaṃvindaṃ ‘n’ atthi me’ ti na socati. || Sn_IV,15.17 ||

(185) 952. Aniṭṭhuri ananugiddho anejo sabbadhī samo --

tam ānisaṃsaṃ pabrūmi pucchito avikampinaṃ. || Sn_IV,15.18 ||

[F._176] 953. Anejassa vijānato n’ atthi kācini saṃkhiti,

virato so viyārambhā khemaṃ passati sabbadhi. || Sn_IV,15.19 ||

954. Na samesu na omesu na ussesu vadate muni,

santo so vītamaccharo nādeti na nirassatī"7

ti Bhagavā ti8 || Sn_IV,15.20 ||

ATTADAṆḌASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

16. Sāriputtasutta.

955. "Na me diṭṭho ito pubbe icc-āyasmā Sāriputto na-ssuto uda {kassaci}

evaṃ vagguvado satthā Tusitā gaṇi-m-āgato || Sn_IV,16.1 ||

956. sadevakassa lokassa, yathā dissati cakkhumā:

sabbaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā eko va ratim ajjhagā. || Sn_IV,16.2 ||

(186) 957. Tam Buddhaṃ asitaṃ tādiṃ akuhaṅ gaṇim āgataṃ bahunnam idha baddhānaṃ atthi pañhena āgamiṃ:5 || Sn_IV,16.3 ||

958. Bhikkhuno vijigucchato bhajato rittam āsanaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā, pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā || Sn_IV,16.4 ||

[F._177] 959. uccāvacesu sayanesu, kīvanto tattha bheravā,

yehi bhikkhu na vedheyya nigghose sayanāsane. || Sn_IV,16.5 ||

960. Kati parissayā loke gacchato amataṃ disaṃ,

ye bhikkhu abhisambhave pantamhi sayanāsane. || Sn_IV,16.6 ||

961. Ky-āssa vyappathayo assu, ky-āss’ assu idha gocarā,

kāni sīlabbatān’ assu pahitattassa bhikkhuno. || Sn_IV,16.7 ||

962. Kaṃ so sikkhaṃ samādāya ekodi nipako sato kammāro rajatasseva niddhame malam attano". || Sn_IV,16.8 ||

963. "Vijigucchamānassa yad idaṃ phāsu,

Sāriputtā ti Bhagavā rittāsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ce sambodhikāmassa, yathānudhammaṃ taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ. || Sn_IV,16.9 ||

964. Pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye bhikkhu sato (sa)18 pariyantacārī:

ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ siriṃsapānaṃ manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ, || Sn_IV,16.10 ||

(187) 965. paradhammikānam pi na santaseyya disvā pi tesaṃ bahubheravāni,

athāparāni abhisambhaveyya parissayāni kusalānesī. || Sn_IV,16.11 ||

[F._178] 966. Ātaṃkaphassena khudāya phuṭṭho sītaṃ accuṇhaṃ adhivāsayeyya,

sa tehi phuṭṭho bahudhā anoko viriyaṃ parakkamma daḷhaṃ kareyya. || Sn_IV,16.12 ||

967. Theyyaṃ na kareyya, na musā bhaṇeyya,

mettāya phasse tasathāvarāni,

yad āvilattaṃ manaso vijaññā,

‘kaṇhassa pakkho’ ti vinodayeyya. || Sn_IV,16.13 ||

968. Kodhātimānassa vasaṃ na gacche,

mūlam pi tesaṃ palikhañña tiṭṭhe,

atha-ppiyaṃ vā pana appiyaṃ vā addhā bhavanto abhisambhaveyya. || Sn_IV,16.14 ||

969. Paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni,

aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante,

caturo sahetha paridevadhamme: || Sn_IV,16.15 ||

970. ‘kiṃ su asissāmi, kuvaṃ vā asissaṃ dukkhaṃ vata settha, kuv’ ajja sessaṃ'

ete vitakke paridevaneyye vinayetha sekho aniketasārī. || Sn_IV,16.16 ||

(188) 971. Annañ ca laddhā vasanañ ca kāle mattaṃ so jaññā idha tosanatthaṃ,

sotesu gutto yatacāri gāme rusito pi vācaṃ pharusaṃ na vajjā. || Sn_IV,16.17 ||

972. Okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo jhānānuyutto bahujāgar’ assa,

[F._179] upekham ārabbha samāhitatto takkāsayaṃ kukkucciy’ ūpacchinde. || Sn_IV,16.18 ||

973. Cudito vacīhi satimābhinande,

sabrahmacārīsu khilaṃ pabhinde,

vācaṃ pamuñce kusalaṃ nātivelaṃ,

janavādadhammāya na cetayeyya. || Sn_IV,16.19 ||

974. Athāparaṃ pañca rajāni loke yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe:

rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu gandhesu phassesu sahetha rāgaṃ. || Sn_IV,16.20 ||

975. Etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ bhikkhu satīmā{17} suvimuttacitto

(189) kālena so samma dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so"

ti Bhagavā ti || Sn_IV,16.21 ||

SĀRIPUTTASUTTAṂ NIṬṬHITAṂ.

Aṭṭhakavaggo catuttho.

Tass’ uddānaṃ: Kāma-Guhañ ca Duṭṭhā ca Suddhañ ca Paramā Jarā Metteyyo ca Pasūro ca Māgandi Purabhedanaṃ Kalahaṃ dve ca Vyūhāni punar eva Tuvaṭṭakaṃ Attadaṇḍavarasuttaṃ Therapañhena soḷasa, tāni etāni suttāni sabbān’ Aṭṭhakavaggikā ti.|

(190) V. PĀRĀYANAVAGGA.

1. Vatthugāthā.

976. Kosalānaṃ purā rammā agamā Dakkhiṇāpathaṃ ākiñcaññaṃ patthayāno brāhmaṇo mantapāragū. || Sn_V,1.1 ||

[F._180] 977. So Assakassa visaye Aḷakassa samāsane vasī Godhāvarīkūle uñchena ca phalena ca. || Sn_V,1.2 ||

978. Tass’ eva upanissāya gāmo ca vipulo ahū,

tato jātena āyena mahāyaññam akappayi, || Sn_V,1.3 ||

979. mabāyaññaṃ yajitvāna puna pāvisi assamaṃ.

Tasmiṃ patipaviṭṭhamhi añño āgañchi brāhmaṇo || Sn_V,1.4 ||

980. ugghaṭṭapādo tasito paṃkadanto rajassiro,

so ca naṃ upasaṃkamma satāni pañca yācati. || Sn_V,1.5 ||

981. Tam enam Bāvarī disvā āsanena nimantayi,

sukhañ ca kusalaṃ pucchi, idaṃ vacanam abravi:18 || Sn_V,1.6 ||

982. "Yaṃ kho mamaṃ deyyadhammaṃ sabbaṃ vissajjitam mayā,

anujānāhi me brahme, n’ atthi pañca satāni me". || Sn_V,1.7 ||

(191) 983. "Sace me yācamānassa bhavaṃ nānupadassati,

sattame divase tuyhaṃ muddhā phalatu sattadhā". || Sn_V,1.8 ||

[F._181] 984. Abhisaṃkharitvā kuhako bheravaṃ so akittayi, --

tassa taṃ vacanaṃ sutvā Bāvarī dukkhito ahū, || Sn_V,1.9 ||

985. ussussati anāhāro sokasallasamappito,

atho pi evaṃcittassa jhāne na ramatī mano. || Sn_V,1.10 ||

986. Utrastaṃ dukkhitaṃ disvā devatā atthakāminī Bāvariṃ upasaṃkamma idaṃ vacanam abravi:9 || Sn_V,1.11 ||

987. "Na so muddhaṃ pajānāti, kuhako so dhanatthiko,

muddhani muddhapāte vā ñāṇaṃ tassa na vijjati". || Sn_V,1.12 ||

988. "Bhotī carahi jānāti, tam me akkhāhi pucchitā muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañ ca, taṃ suṇoma vaco tava". || Sn_V,1.13 ||

989. "Aham p’ etaṃ na jānāmi, ñāṇam m' ettha na vijjati,

muddhaṃ muddhādhipāto ca Jinānaṃ h’ eta dassanaṃ". || Sn_V,1.14 ||

990. "Atha ko carahi jānāti asmiṃ puthavimaṇḍale muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañ ca, tam me akkhāhi devate". || Sn_V,1.15 ||

(192) [F._182] 991. "Purā Kapilavatthumhā nikkhanto lokanāyako apacco Okkākarājassa Sakyaputto pabhaṃkaro. || Sn_V,1.16 ||

992. So hi brāhmaṇa sambuddho sabbadhammāna pāragū sabbābhiññābalappatto sabbadhammesu cakkhumā sabbadhammakkhayaṃ patto vimutto upadhisaṃkhaye, || Sn_V,1.17 ||

993. Buddho so Bhagavā loke dhammaṃ deseti cakkhumā:

taṃ tvaṃ gantvāna pucchassu, so te taṃ vyākarissati". || Sn_V,1.18 ||

994. ‘Sambuddho’ ti vaco sutvā udaggo Bāvarī ahū,

sok’ assa tanuko āsi, pītiñ ca vipulaṃ labhi. || Sn_V,1.19 ||

995. So Bāvarī attamano udaggo taṃ devataṃ pucchati vedajāto:

"katamamhi gāme nigamamhi vā puna katamamhi vā janapade lakanātho,

yattha gantvā namassemu Sambuddhaṃ dipaduttamaṃ". || Sn_V,1.20 ||

996. "Sāvatthiyaṃ Kosalamandire Jino pahūtapañño varabhūrimedhaso,

so Sakyaputto vidhuro anāsavo muddhādhipātassa vidū narāsabho". || Sn_V,1.21 ||

997. Tato āmantayī sisse brāhmaṇe mantapārage:

[F._183] "etha māṇavā, akkhissaṃ, suṇotha vacanaṃ mama: || Sn_V,1.22 ||

(193) 998. yass’ eso dullabho loke pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso,

sv-ājja lokamhi uppanno Sambuddho iti vissuto,

khippaṃ gantvāna Sāvatthiṃ passavho dipaduttamaṃ". || Sn_V,1.23 ||

999. "Kathañ carahi jānemu disvā ‘Buddho’ ti brāhmaṇa,

ajānatan no pabrūhi, yathā jānemu taṃ mayaṃ". || Sn_V,1.24 ||

1000. "Āgatāni hi mantesu mahāpurisalakkhaṇā dvattiṃsā ca vyākhyātā samattā anupubbaso. || Sn_V,1.25 ||

1001. Yass’ ete honti gattesu mahāpurisalakkhaṇā,

dve va tassa gatiyo, tatiyā hi na vijjati. || Sn_V,1.26 ||

1002. Sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, vijeyya paṭhaviṃ imaṃ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena-m-anusāsati. || Sn_V,1.27 ||

1003. Sace ca so pabbajati agārā anagāriyaṃ,

vivattacchaddo sambuddho arahā bhavati anuttaro. || Sn_V,1.28 ||

[F._184] 1004. Jātiṃ gottañ ca lakkhaṇaṃ mante sisse punāpare muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañ ca manasā yeva pucchatha. || Sn_V,1.29 ||

1005. Anāvaraṇadassāvī yadi buddho bhavissati,

manasā pucchite pañhe vācāya vissajessati". || Sn_V,1.30 ||

1006. Bāvarissa vaco sutvā sissā soḷasa brāhmaṇā Ajito {Tissa-Metteyyo} Puṇṇako atha Mettagū16 || Sn_V,1.31 ||

(194) 1007. Dhotako Upasīvo ca Nando ca atha Hemako Todeyya-Kappā dubhayo Jatukaṇṇī ca paṇḍito || Sn_V,1.32 ||

1008. Bhadrāvudho Udayo ca Posālo cāpi brāhmaṇo Mogharājā ca medhāvī Piṅgiyo ca mahā isi, || Sn_V,1.33 ||

1009. paccekagaṇino sabbe sabbalokassa vissutā jhāyī jhānaratā dhīrā pubbavāsanavāsitā, || Sn_V,1.34 ||

1010. Bāvariṃ abhivādetvā katvā ca naṃ padakkhiṇaṃ jaṭājinadharā sabbe pakkāmuṃ uttarāmukhā: || Sn_V,1.35 ||

1011. Aḷakassa Patiṭṭhānaṃ purimaṃ Māhissatiṃ tadā [F._185] Ujjeniñ cāpi Gonaddhaṃ Vedisaṃ Vanasavhayaṃ12 || Sn_V,1.36 ||

1012. Kosambiṃ cāpi Sāketaṃ Sāvatthiñ ca puruttamaṃ Setavyaṃ Kapilavatthuṃ Kusinārañ ca mandiraṃ || Sn_V,1.37 ||

1013. Pāvañ ca Bhoganagaraṃ Vesāliṃ Māgadhaṃ puraṃ Pāsāṇakañ cetiyañ ca ramaṇīyaṃ manoramaṃ. || Sn_V,1.38 ||

(195) 1014. Tasito v’ udakaṃ sītaṃ mahālābhaṃ va vāṇijo chāyaṃ ghammābhitatto va turitā pabbatam āruhaṃ. || Sn_V,1.39 ||

1015. Bhagavā ca tamhi samaye bhikkhusaṃghapurakkhato bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, sīho va nadatī vane. || Sn_V,1.40 ||

1016. Ajito addasa Sambuddhaṃ vītaraṃsi va bhāṇumaṃ candaṃ yathā pannarase pāripūriṃ upāgataṃ. || Sn_V,1.41 ||

1017. Ath’ assa gatte disvāna paripūrañ ca vyañjanaṃ ekamantaṃ ṭhito haṭṭho manopañhe apucchatha: || Sn_V,1.42 ||

1018. "Ādissa jammanaṃ brūhi, gottaṃ {brūhi} salakkhaṇaṃ,

[F._186] mantesu pāramiṃ brūhi, kati vāceti brāhmaṇo". || Sn_V,1.43 ||

1019. "Vīsaṃvassasataṃ āyu, so ca gottena Bāvari,

tīṇ’ assa lakkhaṇā gatte, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū, || Sn_V,1.44 ||

1020. lakkhaṇe itihāse ca sanighaṇḍusakeṭubhe,

pañca satāni vāceti, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato". || Sn_V,1.45 ||

(196) 1021. "Lakkhaṇānaṃ pavicayaṃ Bāvarissa naruttama taṇhacchida pakāsehi, mā no kaṃkhāyitaṃ ahū". || Sn_V,1.46 ||

1022. "Mukhaṃ jivhāya chādeti, uṇṇ' assa bhamukantare,

kosohitaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ, evaṃ jānāhi māṇava". || Sn_V,1.47 ||

1023. Pucchaṃ hi kiñci asuṇanto sutvā pañhe viyākate vicinteti jano sabbo vedajāto katañjali:10 || Sn_V,1.48 ||

1024. ‘Ko nu devo va Brahmā vā Indo vā pi Sujampati manasā pucchi te pañhe, kam etaṃ paṭibhāsati.’ || Sn_V,1.49 ||

1025. "Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañ ca Bāvarī paripucchati,

[F._187] taṃ vyākarohi Bhagavā, kaṃkhaṃ vinaya no ise". || Sn_V,1.50 ||

1026. "Avijjā muddhā ti jānāhi, vijjā muddhādhipātinī saddhāsatisamādhīhi chandaviriyena saṃyutā". || Sn_V,1.51 ||

1027. Tato vedena mahatā santhambhitvāna māṇavo ekaṃsaṃ ajinaṃ katvā pādesu sirasā pati: || Sn_V,1.52 ||

1028. "Bāvarī brāhmaṇo bhoto saha sissehi mārisa udaggacitto sumano pāde vandati cakkhuma". || Sn_V,1.53 ||

(197) 1029. "Sukhito Bāvarī hotu saha sissehi brāhmaṇo,

tvañ cāpi sukhito hohi, ciraṃ jīvāhi māṇava. || Sn_V,1.54 ||

1030. Bāvarissa ca tuyhaṃ vā sabbesaṃ sabbasaṃsayaṃ katāvakāsā pucchavho, yaṃ kiñci manas’ icchatha". || Sn_V,1.55 ||

1031. Sambuddhena katokāso nisīditvāna pañjali Ajito paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ tattha pucchi Tathāgataṃ. || Sn_V,1.56 ||

VATTHUGĀTHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

[F._188] 2. Ajitamāṇavapucchā (1).

1032. "Kena-ssu nivuto loko,

icc-āyasmā Ajito kena-ssu na-ppakāsati,

ki 'ssābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ su tassa mahabbhayaṃ". || Sn_V,2.1 ||

1033. "Avijjāya nivuto loko,

Ajitā ti Bhagavā vevicchā pamādā na-ppakāsati,

jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkham assa mahabbhayaṃ". || Sn_V,2.2 ||

(198) 1034. "Savanti sabbadhī sotā,

icc-āyasmā Ajito *sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ,*

sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pithiyyare". || Sn_V,2.3 ||

1035. "Yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ,

Ajitā ti Bhagavā sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ,

sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāy’ ete pithiyyare". || Sn_V,2.4 ||

1036. "Paññā c’ eva satī ca icc-āyasmā Ajito nāmarūpañ ca mārisa,

etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katth’ etaṃ uparujjhati". || Sn_V,2.5 ||

1037. "Yam etaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, Ajita taṃ vadāmi te,

yattha nāmañ ca rūpañ ca asesaṃ uparujjhati:

viññāṇassa nirodhena etth’ etaṃ uparujjhati". || Sn_V,2.6 ||

1038. "Ye ca saṃkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha,

[F._189] tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisa". || Sn_V,2.7 ||

1039. "Kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, manasānāvilo siyā,

kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ sato bhikkhu paribbaje" ti|

AJITAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

(199) 3. Tissametteyyamāṇavapucchā (2).

1040. "Ko 'dha santusito loke,

icc-āyasmā Tisso Metteyyo kassa no santi iñjitā,

ko ubh’ anta-m-3abhiññāya majjhe mantā na lippati,

*kaṃ brūsi mahāpuriso ti, ko idha sibbanim accagā". || Sn_V,3.1 ||

1041. "Kāmesu brahmacariyavā Metteyyā ti Bhagavā vītataṇho sadā sato saṃkhāya nibbuto bhikkhu, tassa no santi iñjitā, || Sn_V,3.2 ||

1042. so ubh’ anta-m-3abhiññāya majjhe mantā na lippati,

taṃ brūmi mahāpuriso ti, so idha sibbanim accagā" ti || Sn_V,3.3 ||

TISSAMETTEYYAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

[F._190] 4. Puṇṇakamāṇavapucchā (3).

1043. "Anejaṃ mūladassāviṃ icc-āyasamā Puṇṇako atthi pañhena āgamaṃ:15|

(200) kiṃnissitā isayo manujā khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ yaññam akappayiṃsu puthū idha loke,

pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ". || Sn_V,4.1 ||

1044. "Ye kec’ ime isayo manujā -- Puṇṇakā ti Bhagavā -- khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ yaññam akappayiṃsu puthū idha loke,

āsiṃsamānā Puṇṇaka itthabhāvaṃ jaraṃ sitā yaññam akappayiṃsu". || Sn_V,4.2 ||

1045. *"Ye kec’ ime isayo manujā -- icc-āyasmā Puṇṇako -- khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ yaññam akappayiṃsu puthu idha loke,*

kacciṃ su te Bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā atāru jātiñ ca jarañ ca mārisa,

pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ". || Sn_V,4.3 ||

1046. "Āsiṃsanti thomayanti abhijappanti juhanti --

Puṇṇakā ti Bhagavā --

kāmābhijappanti paṭicca lābhaṃ,

te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā nātariṃsu jātijaran ti brūmi". || Sn_V,4.4 ||

(201) 1047. "Te ce nātariṃsu yājayogā -- icc-āyasmā Puṇṇako --

yaññehi jātiñ ca jarañ ca mārisa,

atha ko carahi devamanussaloke atāri jātiñ ca jarañ ca mārisa,

pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ". || Sn_V,4.5 ||

[F._191] 1048. "Saṃkhāya lokasmiṃ parovarāni Puṇṇakā ti Bhagavā yass’ iñjitaṃ n’ atthi kuhiñci loke,

santo vidhūmo anigho nirāso atāri so jātijaran ti brūmī" ti || Sn_V,4.6 ||

PUṆṆAKAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

5. Mettagūmāṇavapucchā (4).

1049. "Pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ,

icc-āyasmā Mettagū maññāmi taṃ vedaguṃ bhāvitattaṃ:

kuto nu dukkhā samudāgatā ime,

ye keci lokasmiṃ anekarūpā". || Sn_V,5.1 ||

(202) 1050. "Dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi,

Mettagū ti Bhagavā taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ:

upadhīnidānā pabhavanti dukkhā,

ye keci lokasmiṃ anekarūpā. || Sn_V,5.2 ||

1051. Yo ve avidvā upadhiṃ karoti,

punappunaṃ dukkham upeti mando,

tasmā hi jānaṃ upadhiṃ na kayirā dukkhassa jātippabhavānupassī". || Sn_V,5.3 ||

1052. "Yan taṃ apucchimha akittayī no,

aññaṃ taṃ pucchāmi, tad iṃgha brūhi:

kathan nu dhīrā vitaranti oghaṃ jātijaraṃ sokapariddavañ ca,

tam me munī sādhu viyākarohi,

tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo". || Sn_V,5.4 ||

[F._192] 1053. "Kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ,

Mettagū ti Bhagavā diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ tare loke visattikaṃ". || Sn_V,5.5 ||

1054. "Tañ cāhaṃ abhinandāmi mahesi dhammam uttamaṃ,

yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ tare loke visattikaṃ". || Sn_V,5.6 ||

1055. "Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi Mettagū ti Bhagavā uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ cāpi majjhe,|

(203) etesu nandiñ ca nivesanañ ca panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe. || Sn_V,5.7 ||

1056. Evaṃvihārī sato appamatto bhikkhu caraṃ hitvā mamāyitāni jātijaraṃ sokapariddavañ ca idh’ eva vidvā pajaheyya dukkhaṃ". || Sn_V,5.8 ||

1057. "Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino sukittitaṃ Gotam’ anūpadhīkaṃ,

addhā hi Bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ,

tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo. || Sn_V,5.9 ||

1058. Te cāpi nūna pajaheyyu dukkhaṃ,

ye tvaṃ muni aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya,

taṃ taṃ namassāmi samecca nāga,

app-eva maṃ Bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya". || Sn_V,5.10 ||

1059. "Yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedaguṃ ābhijaññā akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ,

addhā hi so ogham imaṃ atāri,

[F._193] tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ akhilo akaṃkho, || Sn_V,5.11 ||

1060. vidvā ca so vedagu naro idha,

bhavābhave saṅgam imaṃ visajja|

(204) so vītataṇho anigho nirāso,

atāri so jātijaran ti brūmī" ti || Sn_V,5.12 ||

METTAGŪMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

6. Dhotakamāṇavapucchā (5).

1061. "Pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ,

icc-āyasmā Dhotako vācābhikaṃkhāmi mahesi tuyhaṃ:

tava sutvāna nigghosaṃ sikkhe nibbānam attano". || Sn_V,6.1 ||

1062. "Tena h’ ātappaṃ karohi,

Dhotakā ti Bhagavā idh’ eva nipako sato ito sutvāna nigghosaṃ sikkhe nibbānam attano". || Sn_V,6.2 ||

1063. "Passām’ ahaṃ devamanussaloke akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ iriyamānaṃ,

taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu:

pamuñca maṃ Sakka kathaṃkathāhi". || Sn_V,6.3 ||

1064. "Nāhaṃ gamissāmi pamocamāya kathaṃkathiṃ Dhotaka kañci loke,

dhammañ ca seṭṭhaṃ ājānamāno evaṃ tuvaṃ ogham imaṃ taresi". || Sn_V,6.4 ||

1065. "Anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno vivekadhammaṃ, yam ahaṃ vijaññaṃ,|

(205) yathāhaṃ ākāso va avyāpajjamāno idh’ eva santo asito careyyaṃ". || Sn_V,6.5 ||

[F._194] 1066. "Kittayissāmi te santiṃ,

Dhotakā ti bhagavā diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ tare loke visattikaṃ". || Sn_V,6.6 ||

1067. "Tañ cāhaṃ abhinandāmi mahesi santim uttamaṃ,

yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ tare loke visttikaṃ". || Sn_V,6.7 ||

1068. "Yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi Dhotakā ti Bhagavā uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ cāpi majjhe,

etaṃ viditvā11 ‘saṅgo’ ti loke bhavābhavāya mā kāsi taṇhan" ti || Sn_V,6.8 ||

DHOTAKAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

7. Upasīvamāṇarapacchā (6).

1069. "Eko ahaṃ Sakka mahantam oghaṃ icc-āyasmā Upasīvo anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ,

ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu,

yaṃ nissito ogham imaṃ tareyya". || Sn_V,7.1 ||

1070. "Ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satīmā Upasīvā ti Bhagavā ‘n’ atthī’ ti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ,|

(206) kāme pahāya virato kathāhi taṇhakkhayaṃ nattamahābhipassa". || Sn_V,7.2 ||

1071. "Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo icc-āyasmā Upasīvo ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitva-m-aññaṃ [F._195] saññāvimokhe parame vimutto,

tiṭṭhe nu so tattha anānuyāyī". || Sn_V,7.3 ||

1072. "Sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo Upasīvā ti Bhagavā ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitva-m9-aññaṃ saññāvimokhe parame vimutto,

tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī". || Sn_V,7.4 ||

1073. "Tiṭṭhe ce so tattha anānuyāyī pūgam pi vassānaṃ samantacakkhu,

tatth’ eva so sītisiyā vimutto,

bhavetha viññāṇaṃ tathāvidhassa". || Sn_V,7.5 ||

1074. "Accī yathā vātavegena khitto Upasīvā ti Bhagavā atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṃkhaṃ,|

(207) evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṃkhaṃ". || Sn_V,7.6 ||

1075. "Atthaṇ gato so uda vā so n’ atthi udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo,

tam me munī sādhu viyākarohi,

tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo". || Sn_V,7.7 ||

1076. "Atthaṇ gatassa na pamāṇam atthi,

Upasīvā ti Bhagavā yena naṃ vajju, taṃ tassa n’ atthi,

sabbesu dhammesu samūhatesu samūhatā vādapathā pi sabbe" ti || Sn_V,7.8 ||

UPASĪVAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

[F._196] 8. Nandamāṇavapucchā (7).

1077. "‘Santi loke munayo' icc-āyasmā Nando janā vadanti, ta-y-idaṃ kathaṃ su:

ñāṇūpapannaṃ no muniṃ vadanti udāhu ve jīvitenūpapannaṃ". || Sn_V,8.1 ||

1078. "Na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena munīdha Nanda kusalā vadanti,|

(208) visenikatvā anighā nirāsā caranti ye, te munayo ti brūmi". || Sn_V,8.2 ||

1079. "Ye kec’ ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse icc-āyasmā Nando diṭṭhe sutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ,

sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ.

anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ,

kacciṃ su te Bhagavā tattha yathā carantā atāru jātiñ ca jarañ ca mārisa,

pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ". || Sn_V,8.3 ||

1080. "Ye kec’ ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse Nandā ti Bhagavā diṭṭhe sutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ,

sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ,

anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ,

kiñcāpi te tattha yathā caranti,

nātariṃsu jātijaran ti brūmi". || Sn_V,8.4 ||

1081. "Ye kec’ ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse icc-āyasmā Nando diṭṭhe sutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ,

sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ,

anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ,

[F._197] sace muni brūsi anoghatiṇṇe, |

(209) atha ko carahi devamanussaloke atāri jātiñ ca jarañ ca mārisa,

pucchāmi taṃ Bhagavā, brūhi me taṃ". || Sn_V,8.5 ||

1082. "Nāhaṃ ‘sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse Nandā ti Bhagavā jātijarāya nivutā’ ti brūmi:

ye s’ īdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā pi pahāya sabbaṃ anekarūpam pi pahāya sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse,

te ve ‘narā oghatiṇṇā’ ti brūmi". || Sn_V,8.6 ||

1083. "Etābhinandāmi vaco mahesino sukittitaṃ Gotam’ anūpadhīkaṃ:

ye s’ īdha diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā sīlabbataṃ vā pi pahāya sabbaṃ anekarūpam pi pahāya sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse,

ahaṃ pi te ‘oghatiṇṇā’ ti brūmī" ti || Sn_V,8.7 ||

NANDAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

9. Hemakamāṇavapucchā (8).

1084. "Ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu icc-āyasmā Hemako|

(210) huraṃ Gotamasāsanā:

‘icc-āsi, iti bhavissati,'

sabban taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabban taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, || Sn_V,9.1 ||

[F._198] 1085. nāhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ.

Tvañ ca me dhammam akkhāhi taṇhānigghātanaṃ muni,

yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ tare loke visattikaṃ". || Sn_V,9.2 ||

1086. "Idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu piyarūpesu Hemaka chandarāgavinodanaṃ nibbānapadam accutaṃ. || Sn_V,9.3 ||

1087. Etad aññāya ye satā diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā, --

upasantā ca te sadā, -- tiṇṇā loke visattikan" ti || Sn_V,9.4 ||

{HEMAKAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ} NIṬṬHITĀ.

10. Todeyyamāṇavapucchā (9).

1088. "Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti,

icc-āyasmā Todeyyo taṇhā yassa na vijjati,

kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vinokho tassa kīdiso". || Sn_V,10.1 ||

(211) 1089. "Yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, Todeyyā ti Bhagavā taṇhā yassa na vijjati,

kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokho tassa naparo". || Sn_V,10.2 ||

1090. "Nirāsayo so uda āsasāno,

paññāṇavā so uda paññakappī:

muniṃ ahaṃ Sakka yathā vijaññaṃ,

tam me viyācikkha samantacakkhu". || Sn_V,10.3 ||

[F._199] 1091. "Nirāsayo so na so āsasāno,

paññāṇavā so na ca paññakappī:

evam pi Todeyya muniṃ vijāna akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattan" ti || Sn_V,10.4 ||

TODEYYAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

11. Kappamāṇavapucchā (10).

1092. "Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ icc-āyasmā Kappo oghe jāte mahabbhaye jarāmaccuparetānaṃ dīpaṃ pabrūhi mārisa,

tvañ ca me dīpam akkhāhi, yatha-y-idaṃ nāparaṃ siyā". || Sn_V,11.1 ||

(212) 1093. "Majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ kappā ti Bhagavā oghe jāte mahabbhaye jarāmaccuparetānaṃ dīpaṃ pabrūmi Kappa te || Sn_V,11.2 ||

1094. akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ etaṃ dīpaṃ anāparaṃ,

nibbānaṃ iti naṃ brūmi, jarāmaccuparikkhayaṃ. || Sn_V,11.3 ||

1095. Etad aññāya ye satā diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā,

na te Māra-vasānugā, na te Mārassa paddhagū" ti || Sn_V,11.4 ||

KAPPAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

[F._200] 12. Jatukaṇṇimāṇavapucchā (11).

1096. "Sutvān’ ahaṃ vīram akāmakāmiṃ icc-āyasmā Jakukaṇṇī oghātigaṃ puṭṭhuṃ akāmam āgamaṃ:

santipadaṃ brūhi sahājanetta,

yathātacchaṃ Bhagavā brūhi me taṃ. || Sn_V,12.1 ||

1097. Bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati ādicco va paṭhaviṃ teji tejasā:

parittapaññassa me bhūripañña ācikkha dhammaṃ, yam ahaṃ vijaññaṃ jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ". || Sn_V,12.2 ||

(213) 1098. "Kāmesu vinaya gedhaṃ Jatukaṇṇī ti Bhagavā nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato,

uggahītaṃ nirattaṃ vā mā te vijjittha kiñcanaṃ. || Sn_V,12.3 ||

1099. Yaṃ pubbe taṃ visosehi, pacchā te māhu kiñcanaṃ,

majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasi. || Sn_V,12.4 ||

1100. Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ vītagedhassa brāhmaṇa āsavāssa na vijjanti, yehi maccuvasaṃ vaje" ti || Sn_V,12.5 ||

JATUKAṆṆIMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

13. Bhadrāvudhamāṇavapucchā (12).

1101. "Okaṃjahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ icc-āyasmā Bhadrāvudho nandiṃjahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ [F._201] kappaṃjahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ:

sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito || Sn_V,13.1 ||

1102. nānā janā janapadehi saṅgatā tava vīra vākyaṃ abhikaṃkhamānā,

tesaṃ tuvaṃ sādhu viyākarohi,

tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo". || Sn_V,13.2 ||

1103. "Ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ Bhadrāvudhā ti Bhagavā uddhaṃ adho tiriyañ cāpi majjhe,|

(214) yaṃ yaṃ hi lokasmiṃ upādiyanti,

ten’ eva Māro anveti jantuṃ. || Sn_V,13.3 ||

1104. Tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke ‘ādānasatte’ iti pekkhamāno pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visattan" ti || Sn_V,13.4 ||

BHADRĀVUDHAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

14. Udayamāṇavapucchā (13).

1105. "Jhāyiṃ virajam āsīnaṃ icc-āyasamā Udayo katakiccaṃ anāsavaṃ pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ atthi pañhena āgamaṃ:

{aññāvimokhaṃ} pabrūhi avijjāya pabhedanaṃ". || Sn_V,14.1 ||

1106. "Pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ Udayā ti Bhagavā [F._202] domanassāna cūbhayaṃ thīnassa (ca) panūdanaṃ kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ || Sn_V,14.2 ||

1107. upekhāsatisaṃsuddhaṃ dhammatakkapurejavaṃ aññāvimokhaṃ pabrūmi avijjāya pabhedanaṃ". || Sn_V,14.3 ||

(215) 1108. "Kiṃ su saṃyojano loko, kiṃ su tassa vicāranaṃ,

kiss’ assa vippahānena nibbānaṃ iti vuccati". || Sn_V,14.4 ||

1109. "Nandīsaṃyojano loko, vitakk’ assa vicāraṇā,

taṇhāya vippahānena nibbānaṃ iti vuccati". || Sn_V,14.5 ||

1110. "Kathaṃ satassa carato viññāṇaṃ uparujjhati,

Bhagavantam puṭṭhuṃ āgamma taṃ suṇoma vaco tava". || Sn_V,14.6 ||

1111. "Ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca vedanaṃ nābhinandato evaṃ satassa carato viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī" ti || Sn_V,14.7 ||

UDAYAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

15. Posālamāṇavapucchā (14).

1112. "Yo atītaṃ ādisati icc-āyasmā Posālo anejo chinnasaṃsayo,

pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ atthi pañhena āgamaṃ: || Sn_V,15.1 ||

[F._203] 1113. Vibhūtarūpasaññissa sabbakāyapahāyino ajjhattañ ca bahiddhā ca ‘n’ atthi kiñcī’ ti passato ñāṇaṃ Sakkānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho". || Sn_V,15.2 ||

(216) 1114. "Viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā Posālā ti Bhagavā abhijānaṃ Tathāgato tiṭṭhantam enaṃ jānāti vimuttaṃ tapparāyanaṃ. || Sn_V,15.3 ||

1115. Ākiñcaññāsambhavaṃ ñatvā4 ‘nandī saṃyojanaṃ’ iti evam evaṃ abhiññāya tato tattha vipassati,

etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa {brāhmaṇassa} vusīmato" ti || Sn_V,15.4 ||

POSĀLAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

16. Mogharājamāṇavapucchā (15).

1116. "Dvāhaṃ Sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ,

icc-āyasmā Mogharājā na me vyākāsi cakkhumā,

‘yāvatatiyañ ca devisi vyākarotī' ti me sutam: || Sn_V,16.1 ||

1117. ‘Ayaṃ loko, paro loko, Brahmaloko sadevako.'

diṭṭhin te nābhijānāmi Gotamassa yasassino. || Sn_V,16.2 ||

(217) [F._204] 1118. Evaṃ abhikkantadassāviṃ atthi pañhena āgamaṃ:

kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ maccurājā na passati". || Sn_V,16.3 ||

1119. "Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu Mogharāja sadā sato attānuciṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā:

evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ maccurājā na passatī" ti || Sn_V,16.4 ||

MOGHARĀJAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ NIṬṬHITĀ.

17. Piṅgiyamāṇavapucchā (16).

1120. "Jiṇṇo 'ham asmi abalo vītavaṇṇo,

icc-āyasmā Piṅgiyo nettā na suddhā, savanaṃ na phāsu,

māhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāya,

ācikkha dhammaṃ, yam ahaṃ vijaññaṃ jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ". || Sn_V,17.1 ||

1121. "Disvāna rūpesu vihaññamāne,

Piṅgiyā ti Bhagavā ruppanti rūpesu janā pamattā, --

tasmā tuvaṃ Piṅgiya appamatto jahassu rūpaṃ apunabbhavāya". || Sn_V,17.2 ||

1122. "Disā catasso vidisā catasso uddhaṃ adho, dasa disatā imāyo,|

(218) na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭham asutaṃ-mutaṃ vā atho aviññātaṃ kiñcanam atthi loke:

[F._205] ācikkha dhammaṃ yam ahaṃ vijaññaṃ jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ". || Sn_V,17.3 ||

1123. "Taṇhādhipanne manuje pekkhamāno Piṅgiyā ti Bhagavā santāpajāte jarasā parete, --

tasmā tuvaṃ Piṅgiya appamatto jahassu taṇhaṃ apunabbhavāyā" ti || Sn_V,17.4 ||

{PIṄGIYAMĀṆAVAPUCCHĀ} NIṬṬHITĀ. 18.

Idam avoca Bhagavā Magadhesu viharanto Pāsāṇake cetiye, paricārakasoḷasānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhiṭṭho puṭṭho puṭṭho pañhe vyākāsi.

Ekamekassa ce pi pañhassa attham aññāya dhammam aññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjeyya, gaccheyy’ eva jarāmaraṇassa pāraṃ, pāraṅgamanīyā ime dhammā ti tasmā imassa dhammapariyāyassa Pārāyanan t’ eva adhivacanaṃ.

1124. Ajito Tissa-Metteyyo Puṇṇako atha Mettagū Dhotako Upasīvo ca Nando ca atha Hemako || Sn_V,18.1 ||

(219) 1125. Todeyya-Kappā dubhayo Jatukaṇṇī ca paṇḍito Bhadrāvudho Udayo ca Posālo cāpi brāhmaṇo Mogharājā ca medhāvī Piṅgiyo ca mahā isi || Sn_V,18.2 ||

1126. ete Buddhaṃ upāgañchuṃ sampannacaraṇaṃ isiṃ,

[F._206] pucchantā nipuṇe pañhe Buddhaseṭṭhaṃ upāgamuṃ. || Sn_V,18.3 ||

1127. Tesaṃ Buddho vyākāsi pañhe puṭṭho yathātathaṃ,

pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena tosesi brāhmaṇe muni. || Sn_V,18.4 ||

1128. Te tositā cakkhumatā Buddhen’ Ādiccabandhunā brahmacariyam acariṃsu varapaññassa santike. || Sn_V,18.5 ||

1129. Ekamekassa pañhassa yathā Buddhena desitaṃ,

tathā yo paṭipajjeyya, gacche pāraṃ apārato, || Sn_V,18.6 ||

1130. apārā pāraṃ gaccheyya bhāvento maggam uttamaṃ,

maggo so pāraṅgamanāya, tasmā Pārāyanaṃ iti. || Sn_V,18.7 ||

1131. "Pārāyanam anugāyissaṃ:*

icc-āyasmā Piṅgiyo yathā addakkhi, tathā akkhāsi vimalo bhūrimedhaso,

nikkāmo nibbano nātho kissa hetu musā bhaṇe. || Sn_V,18.8 ||

(220) 1132. Pahīnamalamohassa mānamakkhappahāyino handāhaṃ kittayissāmi giraṃ vaṇṇūpasaṃhitaṃ. || Sn_V,18.9 ||

1133. Tamonudo Buddho samantacakkhu lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto [F._207] anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno saccavhayo brahme upāsito me. || Sn_V,18.10 ||

1134. Dijo yathā kubbanakaṃ pahāya bahupphalaṃ kānanaṃ āvaseyya,

evam p’ ahaṃ appadasse pahāya mahodadhiṃ haṃsa-r-iv' ajjhapatto. || Sn_V,18.11 ||

1135. Ye 'me pubbe viyākaṃsu huraṃ Gotamasāsanā:

‘icc-āsi, iti bhavissati,'

sabban taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabban taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ. || Sn_V,18.12 ||

1136. Eko tamanud’ āsīno jātimā so pabhaṃkaro Gotamo bhūripaññāṇo, Gotamo bhūrimedhaso, || Sn_V,18.13 ||

(221) 1137. yo me dhammam adesesi sandiṭṭhikam akālikaṃ taṇhakkhayam anītikaṃ, yassa n’ atthi upamā kvaci". || Sn_V,18.14 ||

1138. "Kin nu tamhā vippavasasi muhuttam api Piṅgiya Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, Gotamā bhūrimedhasā, || Sn_V,18.15 ||

1139. yo te dhammam adesesi sandiṭṭhikam akālikaṃ [F._208] taṇhakkhayam anītikaṃ, yassa n’ atthi upamā kvaci". || Sn_V,18.16 ||

1140. "Nāhaṃ tamhā vippavasāmi muhuttam api brāhmaṇa Gotamā bhūripaññāṇā, Gotamā bhūrimedhasā, || Sn_V,18.17 ||

1141. yo me dhammam adesesi sandiṭṭhikam akālikaṃ taṇhakkhayam anītikaṃ, yassa n’ atthi upamā kvaci. || Sn_V,18.18 ||

1142. Passāmi naṃ manasā cakkhunā va rattindivaṃ brāhmaṇa appamatto,

namassamāno vivasemi rattiṃ,

ten' eva maññāmi avippavāsaṃ. || Sn_V,18.19 ||

1143. Saddhā ca pītī ca mano satī ca nāpenti me Gotamasāsanamhā,

yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ vajati bhūripañño,

sa tena ten’ eva nato 'ham asmi. || Sn_V,18.20 ||

(222) 1144. Jiṇṇassa me dubbalathāmakassa ten’ eva kāyo na paleti tattha,

saṃkappayattāya vajāmi niccaṃ,

mano hi me brāhmaṇa tena yutto. || Sn_V,18.21 ||

1145. Paṃke sayāno pariphandamāno dīpā dīpaṃ uppalaviṃ,

ath’ addasāsiṃ Sambuddhaṃ oghatiṇṇam anāsavaṃ". || Sn_V,18.22 ||

1146. "Yathā ahū Vakkali muttasaddho Bhadrāvudho Āḷavi-Gotamo ca,

[F._209] evam eva tvam pi pamuñcassu saddhaṃ:

gamissasi tvaṃ Piṅgiya maccudheyyapāraṃ". || Sn_V,18.23 ||

1147. "Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi sutvāna munino vaco:

vivattacchaddo Sambuddho akhilo paṭibhānavā19 || Sn_V,18.24 ||

1148. adhideve abhiññāya sabbaṃ vedi parovaraṃ,

pañhān’ antakaro Satthā kaṃkhīnaṃ paṭijānataṃ. || Sn_V,18.25 ||

(223) 1149. Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, yassa n’ atthi upamā kvaci,

addhā gamissāmi, na m’ ettha kaṃkhā,

evaṃ maṃ dhārehi adhimuttacittan" ti || Sn_V,18.26 ||

PĀRĀYANAVAGGO NIṬṬHITO.

NIṬṬHITO SUTTANIPĀTO AṬṬHABHĀṆAVĀRAPARIMĀṆĀYA PĀḶIYĀ.

Permanent link

http://www2.hf.uio.no/common/apps/permlink/permlink.php?app=polyglotta&context=ctext&uid=faed7f29-8d51-11e6-98cc-0050569f23b2

Choose languages

Choose images, etc.

Choose languages

Choose display